{"title":"R\u0026F","description":"\u003cp\u003eCraftiche stocks 150 R\u0026amp;F products. Prices run from £28.69 to £234.92, including VAT.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCraftiche is an independent UK online retailer and is not affiliated with R\u0026amp;F. Sizes, materials and specifications are shown on each product page.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"r-f-encaustic-beeswax-paint-mars-black-40ml-deep-opaque-black-smooth-melting-for-encaustic-mixed-media","title":"R\u0026F Encaustic Beeswax Paint Mars Black 40ml — Deep Opaque Black, Smooth Melting for Encaustic \u0026 Mixed Media","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Encaustic 40ml Mars Black is a ready-to-use, museum-quality beeswax paint cake that delivers a deep, opaque black in encaustic and mixed-media work.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHandmade in the USA using pharmaceutical-grade beeswax, damar resin, and a heavy pigment load, this compact 40ml cake offers artists a reliable, archival black that melts smoothly for layering, carving, and texture. Designed for encaustic techniques, the formula comes prepared for immediate use on heated palettes or encaustic boards. Because it combines high-quality raw materials with careful milling, the result is a stable, richly pigmented paint that supports both traditional encaustic practice and experimental mixed-media applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Mars Black behave when heated for encaustic layers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen warmed, this beeswax-based Mars Black becomes fluid and blends easily with other encaustic colours while retaining a strong, opaque coverage. It re-hardens quickly on cooling, allowing for repeatable layering and sculptural effects without losing pigment intensity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMelts smoothly at encaustic temperatures — use a heated palette or iron.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDries to a stable, matte-to-satin surface that can be fused with a heat gun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaintains deep opacity for underpainting or final glazing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat safety and handling steps should artists follow?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis encaustic cake is safe for studio use when basic ventilation and temperature control are observed. Avoid overheating above 200°F, work in a ventilated space, and do not use solvents, as the paint is designed to perform without them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep temperature below 200°F to protect wax and pigments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProvide good ventilation or a small exhaust fan when fusing or heating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid solvents — use encaustic mediums or modelling wax for modifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can Mars Black be combined with other encaustic materials?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMars Black mixes well with R\u0026amp;F’s other encaustic cakes, mediums, and impasto modelling wax, enabling a broad range of textures, tonal shifts, and surface manipulations. Because of its strong pigment concentration, a little goes a long way when tinting or shading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend on a heated palette for smooth gradients and soft transitions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLayer over or under lighter colours for contrast and depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix with modelling wax for thicker sculptural passages or impasto.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose the 40ml cake size for your studio practice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 40ml format is economical and portable, ideal for artists who want to expand a palette without committing to larger volumes. It’s well suited for studies, small panels, plein-air encaustic, or travel kits, while still providing the same handcrafted quality as the larger cakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact, affordable option to build colour variety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to melt and control on a small heated surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for experimentation, classes, and limited-space studios.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Professional and emerging artists working in encaustic and mixed media who need a dependable, intensely pigmented Mars Black for layering, carving, and surface effects. It’s also a good choice for teachers, students, and hobbyists who want a high-quality, ready-to-use encaustic cake in a convenient 40ml size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade from 100% pharmaceutical-grade beeswax and damar resin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne 40ml cake of Mars Black encaustic paint — heavy pigment load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not heat above 200°F; use with adequate ventilation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid solvents — formulated for solvent-free encaustic techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandmade in the USA by R\u0026amp;F.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I mix R\u0026amp;F Mars Black with solvents?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. Do not use solvents; R\u0026amp;F encaustics are formulated to work solvent-free with wax and damar resin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What temperature is safe for melting this encaustic cake?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Keep heating below 200°F and use good ventilation to protect the wax and pigment integrity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55249577410897,"sku":"B003IX56OQ","price":29.86,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-f-encaustic-mars-black-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791636734"},{"product_id":"r-f-pigment-stick-oil-paint-titanium-zinc-white-38ml-creamy-highly-opaque-for-impasto-and-highlights","title":"R\u0026F Pigment Stick oil paint Titanium Zinc White 38ml — creamy, highly opaque for impasto and highlights","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml Titanium Zinc White is a hand-made oil paint stick that lets you draw, layer, and blend rich linseed-oil colour directly onto surfaces without brushes, palettes, or solvents.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade in small batches in the USA, R\u0026amp;F Pigment Sticks combine pure pigments with linseed oil and natural wax for a creamy, lipstick-soft consistency. This Titanium Zinc White in the 38ml size offers a dense, opaque white useful for highlights, impasto textures, and sketching underlayers. Because the formula avoids industrial extenders and additives, the stick delivers concentrated pigment and tactile control for painters who want immediate mark-making and fast transitions between drawing and painting techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Titanium Zinc White behave compared with tube oil paint?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTitanium Zinc White in stick form gives most of the opacity and covering power of tube oil paint but in a portable, handheld format. The wax-and-oil vehicle produces a thicker, more textured stroke and accepts scraping, blending, and overpainting once tackier layers form.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh opacity useful for strong highlights and blocking in shapes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCreamy consistency allows direct application and sculptural strokes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDries to a slightly matte, durable film that can be varnished if desired.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to rework: can be feathered with a palette knife or softened with minimal thinning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat techniques can I use with an R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stick format adapts to many studio methods: gesture drawing, underpainting, impasto accents, and mixed-media layering. You can apply straight from the stick for bold marks, scrape back for texture, or melt and dilute the material sparingly to create washes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect drawing: sketch forms and contours on canvas or paper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eImpasto: sculpt peaks and ridges for tactile highlights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlending: soften edges with fingers, cloth, or a soft brush.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMixed-media: layer over acrylic gesso, charcoal, or collage elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I care for and store my 38ml pigment stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the stick capped or wrapped between sessions to prevent dust buildup and surface drying. Store at room temperature away from direct sunlight; the natural wax matrix responds to heat but will regain form when cooled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReplace cap or wrap in wax paper after use to protect the tip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid prolonged exposure to high heat to prevent softening or deformation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean any metal tube edges or caps with a soft cloth; do not use solvents on the stick itself.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml Titanium Zinc White suits painters, sketch artists, and mixed-media creators who want concentrated oil pigment in a portable, tool-free format. It’s ideal for artists who value tactile control, layered textures, and immediate mark-making—whether you’re working in a studio, plein air, or on location. The 38ml size balances portability with enough material for multiple studies or a series of finished details, and the handcrafted formula appeals to professionals and dedicated hobbyists seeking premium, additive-free oil colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFeatures: Top-ranking linseed oil-based painting stick, overcomes hurdles between artistic specialties, tremendous manipulation ability, intensely pigmented, made in the USA.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I thin or blend R\u0026amp;F Pigment Sticks with solvents?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The sticks are formulated from linseed oil and wax; avoid solvents on the stick itself. Thin or blend minimally by scraping and working the material or use appropriate oil mediums sparingly according to R\u0026amp;F guidelines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Titanium Zinc White suitable for underpainting?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Its high opacity and creamy consistency make it effective for blocking in and underpainting, as well as for later highlights and impasto details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55252062470481,"sku":"B005CU5YKE","price":29.61,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/rf-pigment-stick-titanium-zinc-white-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791647549"},{"product_id":"r-f-encaustic-beeswax-paint-40ml-turkey-umber-greenish-handcrafted-high-pigment-earth-tone","title":"R\u0026F Encaustic Beeswax Paint 40ml Turkey Umber Greenish — Handcrafted, High-Pigment Earth Tone","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Encaustic 40ml Turkey Umber Greenish is a ready-to-use, handcrafted beeswax paint cake that delivers a rich, durable earth tone for encaustic and mixed-media work.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F’s Encaustic line combines pharmaceutical-grade beeswax, high-quality damar resin, and a heavy pigment load to create professional encaustic paint. This 40ml cake in Turkey Umber Greenish gives artists a concentrated, archival earth tone with subtle green undertones that blends well with warm browns and cool greens. Each cake is made by hand in the USA and formulated for direct application with heated tools, fusing, or layering in encaustic and mixed-media processes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Turkey Umber Greenish perform in encaustic layers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis colour is formulated to fuse predictably and maintain colour integrity when heated. It melts smoothly for even application, builds opaque or translucent layers depending on tool technique, and harmonizes with other encaustic colours without becoming muddy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent melt and re-fuse behavior for layered work\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh pigment concentration for strong coverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSubtle green tint preserves natural umber depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well with medium and impasto modelling waxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat surfaces and tools work best with this 40ml cake?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse on traditional encaustic supports like gessoed wood panels, cradled board, or rigid primed panels for best adhesion and stability. Apply with heated palettes, brushes rated for encaustic, metal tools, or encaustic irons; avoid exceeding recommended temperatures to protect the wax and pigments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal on gessoed wood and primed rigid supports\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with heated palettes, brushes, and metal tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot recommended for use with solvents\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not heat above 200°F; ensure ventilation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I care for and store this encaustic paint cake?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eStore the cake in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to maintain consistency and colour fidelity. Use airtight containers or wrap between sessions to limit dust; when reheating, work below the recommended temperature and ventilate the area to avoid fumes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in a cool, dark storage area when unused\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWrap or seal to prevent dust contamination\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse with ventilation; avoid overheating above 200°F\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not mix with solvents; use encaustic-specific mediums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much paint is in a 40ml cake and how economical is it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe 40ml cake offers a concentrated amount of high-pigment encaustic suitable for sampling colours or working on small- to medium-scale pieces. Because encaustic is applied in thin, fusable layers and the pigments are heavily loaded, a little of this cake goes a long way for detail work, colour mixing, and expanding your palette affordably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e40ml size ideal for sampling or targeted use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh pigment load increases covering power\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood value for building a versatile palette of 93 colours\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvailable in larger cake sizes for heavier use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Artists and makers exploring or expanding an encaustic practice will appreciate this 40ml Turkey Umber Greenish cake. It suits painters working on panels, mixed-media artists who fuse wax layers into collage or relief, and anyone who values hand-crafted, archival encaustic materials made from pure beeswax and quality damar resin. Choose this cake if you need a durable, blendable earth tone with greenish character, handcrafted in the USA and ready for direct use in studio encaustic techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFeatures: Made from pure high-quality beeswax; one 40ml cake of Turkey Umber Greenish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSafety notes: Do not heat above 200°F; use with ample ventilation; avoid solvents\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrigin: Hand-manufactured in the USA by R\u0026amp;F Encaustics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I mix Turkey Umber Greenish with other encaustic colours?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. It mixes well with other encaustic paints to create custom tones; blend on a heated palette or directly on the support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is it safe to use solvents with R\u0026amp;F encaustic paint?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. Avoid solvents. Use heat and encaustic-specific mediums; ventilate when heating and keep temperatures below 200°F.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55253391802705,"sku":"B003IX79P0","price":31.43,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-and-f-encaustic-40ml-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791658245"},{"product_id":"r-f-encaustic-beeswax-paint-40ml-raw-umber-archival-heat-fusible","title":"R\u0026F Encaustic Beeswax Paint 40ml — Raw Umber, archival, heat-fusible","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Encaustic 40ml in Raw Umber is a ready-to-use, handcrafted beeswax-based paint cake formulated for encaustic painting and mixed-media work.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA by R\u0026amp;F, this 40ml cake combines pharmaceutical-grade beeswax, damar resin, and a concentrated pigment load to deliver a stable, richly coloured encaustic medium. The compact 40ml size is designed to expand your colour range affordably while keeping a consistent, archival-quality working material on your palette. Raw Umber offers a versatile, earthy brown that layers, scrapes, and fuses well under heat for encaustic techniques and surface effects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Raw Umber encaustic perform when layered or fused?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis formulation is optimised for building translucent and opaque layers that fuse cleanly with a heat tool or iron. The combination of beeswax and damar resin creates a durable film that firms up as it cools but reactivates when gently heated, allowing you to integrate layers without losing texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStable adhesion between layers when each is briefly fused\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports both translucent glazes and denser opaque passages\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHolds impasto textures created with modelling wax or thick applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReactivates predictably with heat for blending and burnishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat safety and handling should I follow with R\u0026amp;F encaustic cakes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEncaustic working relies on heat, so keep temperatures controlled and use ventilation to avoid fumes. Do not expose the cake or heated wax above 200 degrees Fahrenheit, and avoid mixing or thinning with solvents—this product is designed for thermal activation rather than solvent-based thinning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse with heat tools, irons, or dedicated encaustic pens only\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not heat above 200°F; work in a well-ventilated area\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not use solvents—this wax is not solvent-compatible\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllow fused layers to cool before adding heavy physical abrasion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the 40ml size fit into an artist's workflow and palette?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 40ml cake is a compact, economical format for expanding your colour library without committing to larger volumes. It’s ideal for testing new tones, travelling, or maintaining a curated selection of frequently used colours in a studio where shelf space and cost-efficiency matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmall enough for portable palettes and plein air encaustic studies\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAffordable way to sample or stock multiple shades like Raw Umber\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePairs easily with 104ml or 333ml sizes when a larger supply is needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandmade cakes are consistent in texture and pigment load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose R\u0026amp;F encaustic paint over other encaustic options?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F’s encaustics are manufactured with attention to archival quality and working performance: pharmaceutical-grade beeswax, damar resin for hardness and clarity, and a heavy pigment load for strong colour payoff. Each cake is made by hand in the USA and intended to meet the needs of artists seeking dependable encaustic materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePharmaceutical-grade (USP) beeswax for purity and stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingapore-grade damar resin for clarity and film strength\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh pigment concentration for robust colour coverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandcrafted production ensures consistent paint cakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: R\u0026amp;F Encaustic 40ml in Raw Umber is aimed at encaustic painters, mixed-media artists, and anyone exploring heat-activated wax techniques who wants a reliable, richly pigmented brown in a small, economical cake. It suits studio artists building a broader palette, students experimenting with encaustic for the first time, and plein air practitioners who need portable, ready-to-use encaustic paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I thin R\u0026amp;F encaustic paint with solvents?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. Do not use solvents; R\u0026amp;F encaustic is designed for heat activation, not solvent thinning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What maximum temperature should I use when working encaustic?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Keep heating below 200°F and work with good ventilation to avoid overheating the wax.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55253392916817,"sku":"B003IXB7TE","price":31.43,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-f-encaustic-raw-umber-front-cake.jpg?v=1791658264"},{"product_id":"r-f-encaustic-paint-cake-40ml-neutral-white-hand-milled-beeswax-high-pigment-opacity","title":"R\u0026F Encaustic Paint Cake 40ml Neutral White — Hand-milled Beeswax, High Pigment Opacity","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Encaustic 40ml Neutral White is a ready-to-use, handcrafted beeswax encaustic paint cake in a neutral white tone designed for encaustic painting and mixed-media work.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHand-milled in the USA, this 40ml cake combines pharmaceutical-grade beeswax, damar resin, and a concentrated pigment load to create a stable, workable neutral white. The small cake size makes it an economical way to expand a palette, test encaustic techniques, or keep a portable supply for studio and plein-air work. Follow safe heating and ventilation practices when melting and fusing encaustic wax to preserve its performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this Neutral White encaustic cake different from other artist whites?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F formulates its encaustic paints with high-purity beeswax and damar resin for a consistent melting point and archival stability. The pigment load is higher than many hobby waxes, giving better opacity and colour strength in thin or layered applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e100% pharmaceutical-grade (USP) beeswax for purity and stable handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingapore-grade damar resin added for clarity and tensile strength\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh pigment concentration for strong coverage and minimal layering\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandcrafted in the USA for consistent production quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use and heat this encaustic paint safely?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a dedicated encaustic palette or low-temperature heated surface and work in a well-ventilated area. Never exceed 200°F (about 93°C) to avoid degrading the wax and always avoid solvents with encaustic paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMelt on a controlled hot plate or encaustic palette at recommended temperatures\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFuse layers with a heat gun or controlled blowtorch in short bursts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaintain good ventilation and avoid breathing fumes directly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not use solvents—encaustic relies on heat, not solvents, for manipulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich techniques and surfaces work best with this 40ml cake?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe neutral white is versatile for underpainting, highlights, scumbles, and glazing in encaustic and mixed-media pieces. It adheres well to rigid supports prepared for molten wax and also layers effectively over pigmented encaustic grounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for rigid supports such as cradled panels, wood, and masonite sealed for encaustic\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse for impasto marks, thin glazes, or as a tinting medium when mixed with other encaustic colours\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks with collage elements sealed into wax layers for mixed-media textures\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmall cake size great for colour testing, travel, or adding a neutral to a limited palette\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Artists exploring or expanding an encaustic practice will appreciate this 40ml Neutral White cake—particularly those who want a high-quality, ready-to-use wax paint without mixing their own base. It's suitable for beginners learning wax handling, experienced encaustic painters building a compact colour set, and mixed-media artists wanting a durable white for highlights and structural layers. Because it is handcrafted from pure beeswax and damar resin, this cake suits studio use where archival stability and colour performance matter. Observe recommended heating limits and ventilation; avoid solvents to retain the paint's intended working properties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I mix this neutral white with other encaustic colours?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The 40ml cake blends readily with other R\u0026amp;F encaustic colours for tints, highlights, and custom neutrals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What temperatures are safe for heating this encaustic paint?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Keep melting and working temperatures below 200°F (≈93°C) and ensure good ventilation for safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55253523628369,"sku":"B003IXB848","price":31.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/rnf-encaustic-neutral-white-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791660003"},{"product_id":"r-f-encaustic-paint-cake-40ml-indigo-highly-pigmented-smooth-melting-beeswax","title":"R\u0026F Encaustic Paint Cake 40ml Indigo — Highly Pigmented, Smooth-Melting Beeswax","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Encaustic 40ml Indigo is a ready-to-use encaustic paint cake made from 100% pharmaceutical-grade beeswax, damar resin, and highly concentrated indigo pigment for durable, luminous encaustic painting.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F’s encaustic cakes are hand-milled in the USA using time-tested paintmaking methods: pure USP beeswax, Singapore-grade damar, and a high pigment load for rich colour and working stability. This 40ml Indigo cake fits into layered encaustic techniques, encaustic collage, and mixed-media work while offering economical access to a vibrant blue that stays workable at encaustic temperatures. Use it with proper ventilation and heat control to maintain colour clarity and optimal handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this encaustic cake perform in built-up layers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Indigo cake melts smoothly and bonds well with successive fusion layers, allowing you to build translucent or opaque passages without excessive cracking when fused correctly. Its formulation favours even melt and cooling characteristics for predictable layering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh pigment load for strong colour in thin or thick layers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent melt behavior for uniform fusing between layers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood structural integrity when cooled, reducing friability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat safety and handling should artists follow with R\u0026amp;F encaustics?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEncaustic paints work with heat and should be used in well-ventilated spaces. Do not exceed 200°F (about 93°C), avoid solvents, and follow standard encaustic studio precautions to control fumes and prevent overheating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse adequate ventilation or an exhaust fan when heating encaustic wax\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid solvents — encaustic technique relies on heat, not chemical thinning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep maximum surface temperatures below 200°F to protect pigment and binder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich tools and surfaces work best with this 40ml Indigo cake?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 40ml format is convenient for palettes, encaustic palettes, or direct use with heated tools like irons, brushes, and palettes. It adheres well to primed wood panels, specialized encaustic boards, and rigid substrates suited for fusing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApply with heated palette knives, brushes, or styluses for detail work\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal on rigid, absorbent-primed supports such as wood or encaustic grounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact 40ml size for palette variety and economical colour testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Indigo colour integrate with mixed-media work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndigo provides a deep, cool blue that harmonizes with whites, earth tones, and metallic waxes. Its high pigment concentration allows for dramatic glazes and saturated passages when mixed with translucent or opaque encaustic colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend or scrape into other encaustic colours for custom tonality\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well beneath or over collage elements when fused properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaintains colour strength even in thin glazes for luminous effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: The R\u0026amp;F Encaustic 40ml Indigo cake is designed for encaustic painters, mixed-media artists, art students, and educators who want a high-quality, ready-to-use pigment cake in a compact size. It's especially useful for artists building a broad palette without committing to larger cake sizes, and for anyone seeking a reliable indigo that fuses predictably and holds strong colour in both thin washes and impasto layers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes: one 40ml indigo encaustic cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandle with care: do not heat above 200°F; provide ample ventilation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid solvents; made by hand in the USA using pure beeswax and damar resin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this encaustic cake ready to use?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The 40ml Indigo arrives ready-to-melt; simply heat with encaustic tools and fuse layers as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use solvents with R\u0026amp;F encaustics?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. Avoid solvents; R\u0026amp;F encaustics are formulated to be worked with heat and ventilation only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55253528052049,"sku":"B003IX35WQ","price":32.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-and-f-encaustic-indigo-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791660031"},{"product_id":"r-f-encaustic-paint-cake-mars-yellow-light-40ml-high-pigment-opaque-beeswax-encaustic","title":"R\u0026F Encaustic Paint Cake Mars Yellow Light 40ml — High-Pigment, Opaque Beeswax Encaustic","description":"\u003cb\u003eR\u0026amp;F Encaustic Mars Yellow Light 40ml is a ready-to-use encaustic paint cake made from pharmaceutical-grade beeswax, damar resin, and a heavy pigment load for rich, archival colour.\u003c\/b\u003e\n\nR\u0026amp;F Encaustic paints are handmade in the USA using time-honored paintmaking methods: 100% USP pharmaceutical-grade beeswax, Singapore-grade damar resin, and concentrated pigments milled to create a robust, creamy encaustic cake. The 40ml Mars Yellow Light cake gives artists a compact, portable way to add a warm, opaque yellow to encaustic palettes without mixing or heating large tubs. This format is economical for expanding colour choices and ideal for layering, heating, and fusing on rigid supports.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow vibrant and opaque is Mars Yellow Light for encaustic techniques?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMars Yellow Light is formulated for high pigment load and good opacity, delivering a warm yellow that reads well in layers and under glazes. Its heavy pigment content helps it hold brushstrokes and texture when applied hot and fused in subsequent passes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh pigment concentration for saturated colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOpaque coverage suitable for underpainting and impasto\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaintains brush or tool marks when heated and applied\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use and fuse this 40ml encaustic cake safely?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the 40ml cake with encaustic tools (heat gun, iron, encaustic brush) and apply to rigid, heat-tolerant supports. Work in a well-ventilated space and avoid heating above 200°F; do not use solvents with encaustic media.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat with encaustic brush, heat gun, or hotplate; fuse each layer incrementally\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep studio ventilation active to disperse fumes during extended fusing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not exceed 200°F and never mix with solvents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat surfaces and techniques work best with this R\u0026amp;F encaustic cake?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cake performs best on rigid, archival supports such as cradled wood panels, clayboard, or polymer-primed surfaces designed for encaustic. It's suitable for layering, scraping back, incising, and building impasto when combined with modelling wax or mediums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for cradled panels, gessoed wood, and prepared boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with modelling waxes and encaustic mediums from R\u0026amp;F\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for layering, carving, and fused texture techniques\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the 40ml cake compare to larger R\u0026amp;F sizes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 40ml cake is compact and cost-effective for testing colours or expanding a palette, while 104ml and 333ml cakes suit larger works and frequent use. Choose the 40ml when you want portability, control, and minimal waste during experimentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e40ml: economical, portable, ideal for sketching and limited palettes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e104ml: mid-size option for regular studio work\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e333ml: best for large-scale pieces or heavy application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nWho is this for\n\nR\u0026amp;F Encaustic Mars Yellow Light 40ml is made for encaustic painters, mixed-media artists, and craft professionals who want a reliably made, richly pigmented yellow in a convenient cake format. It suits beginners exploring encaustic methods and experienced artists who need a stable, archival colour for layering, texture work, and fused surfaces. Keep in mind the product requires heat tools and proper ventilation; follow safe-use guidance for best results.\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I mix R\u0026amp;F Mars Yellow Light with solvents?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. Avoid solvents; encaustic paints are wax-based and should be heated and fused, not dissolved with solvents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this encaustic cake suitable for large panels?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The 40ml cake is best for small works or palette expansion; choose 104ml or 333ml for larger panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55253615968593,"sku":"B003IX96H4","price":31.43,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-and-f-encaustic-mars-yellow-light-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791661508"},{"product_id":"r-f-artist-encaustic-paint-ultramarine-blue-pale-40-ml-encaustic-cake-creamy-high-pigment-beeswax","title":"R\u0026F Artist Encaustic Paint Ultramarine Blue Pale — 40 ml encaustic cake, creamy high-pigment beeswax","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Artist Encaustic Paint in Ultramarine Blue Pale is a ready-to-use 40 ml encaustic cake made from pure beeswax, damar resin, and a high pigment load for expressive, archival encaustic work.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHandcrafted in the USA, this 40 ml Ultramarine Blue Pale encaustic paint is formulated for artists who want a reliably work-ready wax colour that blends, layers, and fuses with heat. Milled in small batches with pharmaceutical-grade beeswax and quality damar resin, the formula delivers creamy handling, strong colour payoff, and stable fusion, making it suitable for mixed media, layered encaustic panels, and detail work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Ultramarine Blue Pale behave when heated and layered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Ultramarine Blue Pale melts smoothly and accepts heat-fusing without breaking gloss or texture. It integrates well with neighboring colours and responds predictably to a heated tool, so build-up and smoothing are straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMelts evenly for consistent application and fusing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaintains colour integrity through multiple heat passes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOpaque coverage that can be scumbled or diluted with clear medium for translucency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat surfaces and techniques work best with this 40 ml encaustic cake?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse on traditional rigid supports such as cradled panels, gessoed board, or metal leaf substrates designed for encaustic. It’s also compatible with collage, cold wax mediums, and mixed-media elements when fused into the wax layer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for panel-based encaustic painting and small-scale pieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for detailed brushwork, scraping, and sgraffito once heated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePairs with R\u0026amp;F mediums like clear encaustic and impasto modelling wax.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the colour shift and opacity affect palette choices?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUltramarine Blue Pale sits between violet, blue, and subtle grey depending on adjacent pigments and applied thickness. Its opaque nature provides solid coverage, but it can be manipulated to reveal underlying layers or to create soft transitions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAppears cooler next to warm yellows, deeper near ultramarine-leaning blues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOpaque at full strength; scrim or blend with clear medium for translucency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMakes a strong pairing with whites, warm ochres, and muted greens for complex tonality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat practical details should artists know about this product?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 40 ml cake is a compact, economical size for colour testing, limited palettes, or travel. Being milled in small batches ensures consistent handling and pigment dispersion, and production in the U.S. meets the brand’s quality standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e40 ml cake size for manageable studio use or palette expansion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with 100% pharmaceutical-grade beeswax and damar resin for stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduced in Kingston, New York, with heavy pigment load for strong colour payoff.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: The R\u0026amp;F Ultramarine Blue Pale 40 ml encaustic cake is for encaustic painters, mixed-media artists, and students seeking a dependable, high-pigment wax colour for layering, detail, and fusion techniques. It’s particularly suited to artists building a flexible palette who value consistent melting behavior, archival materials, and small-batch craftsmanship.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this Ultramarine Blue Pale ready to use out of the package?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The 40 ml cake is ready-to-use; simply heat with an encaustic iron, torch, or heat tool to apply and fuse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I mix this encaustic paint with other R\u0026amp;F colours or mediums?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. It blends well with other R\u0026amp;F encaustic colours and works with R\u0026amp;F clear encaustic and impasto modelling wax.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55253626880337,"sku":"B07613Y6P3","price":32.26,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/rf-ultramarine-blue-pale-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791661656"},{"product_id":"r-f-encaustic-40ml-cake-intense-carbon-black-beeswax-encaustic-paint-high-pigment","title":"R\u0026F Encaustic 40ml Cake Intense Carbon Black — Beeswax Encaustic Paint, High Pigment","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Encaustic 40ml Cake in Intense Carbon Black is a ready-to-use, heavily pigmented beeswax-based encaustic paint cake handcrafted in the USA for fine-art encaustic techniques.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F Encaustic cakes are formulated using pharmaceutical-grade (USP) beeswax, Singapore-grade damar resin, and a concentrated pigment load to deliver a smooth, archival encaustic medium. This 40ml cake size gives painters an economical, portable way to add a deep, matte carbon black to their encaustic palette. The cake is filtered without chemical additives and is designed for direct use with encaustic heating tools, brushes, and palettes — provided basic safety precautions are followed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this Intense Carbon Black different from other black paints?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Intense Carbon Black encaustic is a pigment-rich, wax-based paint rather than an oil or acrylic. Because it’s a baked-in wax medium combined with damar resin, it offers a dense, velvety black that melts and fuses with heat rather than relying on solvents or binders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with 100% USP beeswax and Singapore-grade damar resin for stability and working consistency\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh pigment concentration yields strong tinting strength and depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFiltered without chemical agents to preserve pigment and wax purity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-use cake form simplifies palette setup and on-the-spot melting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use and heat the 40ml encaustic cake safely?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse standard encaustic tools: heated palettes, encaustic irons, or heating pens to melt the cake into liquid form for application. Never exceed recommended temperatures, ensure good room ventilation, and avoid solvents — encaustics rely on heat to fuse layers, not chemical thinners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not heat above 200°F (93°C); work in a well-ventilated area\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApply melted encaustic with brushes, palette knives, or heated tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllow each fused layer to cool and harden before adding another\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid using solvents; use encaustic medium for thinning or impasto effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat techniques and supports work best with this encaustic cake?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEncaustic paint adheres well to rigid, nonporous or primed supports such as wood panels, cradled boards, or properly prepared canvas. It’s ideal for layering, sgraffito, collage, and heat-fusing techniques that benefit from the fast-setting properties of wax and damar resin blends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse on sealed or primed wooden panels and cradled boards for optimal adhesion\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine with other encaustic colours for glazing and scumbling effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncorporate collage elements and fuse them into the wax using a heat gun\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBuild impasto with modelling wax or medium formulated for encaustic work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho this is for: Artists exploring or expanding their encaustic practice who want a high-pigment, ready-to-use black that performs consistently when melted, layered, and fused. The 40ml cake is a cost-effective option for painters building a broader encaustic palette, teaching encaustic techniques in workshops, or needing a travel-friendly supply that still delivers professional-grade pigment load and archival materials. R\u0026amp;F manufactures each cake in the USA and offers larger sizes and complementary encaustic mediums for artists who want to scale projects or experiment with impasto and mixed media approaches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I thin this encaustic cake with solvents?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. Avoid solvents; encaustic paint is thinned and fused with heat or encaustic medium only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What temperature should I use to melt the 40ml cake?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Melt below 200°F (93°C) and work in a well-ventilated area to ensure safety and proper fusion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55253671018833,"sku":"B003IX79XM","price":32.32,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-and-f-encaustic-intense-carbon-black-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791662378"},{"product_id":"r-f-encaustic-paint-unbleached-titanium-40-ml-high-pigment-beeswax-warm-off-white","title":"R\u0026F Encaustic Paint Unbleached Titanium 40 ml — High-Pigment Beeswax, Warm Off-White","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Artist Encaustic Paint in Unbleached Titanium (40 ml) is a ready-to-use, high-pigment beeswax encaustic cake that offers a warm off-white tone and reliable opaque coverage for encaustic painting and mixed-media work.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHandcrafted in small batches in the USA, this 40 ml encaustic cake blends pure pharmaceutical-grade beeswax, damar resin, and concentrated pigment to produce a stable, workable paint for artists exploring encaustic techniques. Unbleached Titanium provides a subtle, linen-like off-white that behaves consistently when fused, layered, or combined with other encaustic colours and mediums. The compact 40 ml size is designed for building a versatile palette without excessive cost or waste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will Unbleached Titanium perform in a layered encaustic painting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnbleached Titanium is formulated for predictable handling during fusing and layering. Its opacity and pigment load make it ideal for mid- to light-value passages where a neutral, slightly warm white is needed without the stark brightness of bleached whites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOpaque coverage that conceals underlying layers when desired.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent melt and fuse behavior with other R\u0026amp;F encaustics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSubtle warmth that blends smoothly into shadows and highlights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood adhesion for building impasto or translucent layers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat tools and techniques work best with this 40 ml encaustic cake?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis format is convenient for palette knives, heated palettes, brushes rated for encaustic, and indirect fusing with a heat gun or torch. The cake melts evenly; you can manipulate it with common encaustic tools for texture, sgraffito, and inlay work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePalette knife or metal scrapers for thick textures and impasto effects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNatural-hair or synthetic encaustic brushes for washes and marks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeated palette or griddle to keep small quantities workable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat gun or micro-torch for controlled fusing and smoothing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the colour of Unbleached Titanium differ from standard titanium white?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnbleached Titanium contains a trace of iron oxide and is not fully refined, producing a warmer, slightly brown-tinted off-white rather than the cool, bright appearance of pure titanium white. It reads as a gentle, linen-like white that pairs well with both muted palettes and darker, saturated hues without drawing attention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWarmer, neutral white with a faint beige undertone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLess glare than high-chroma whites; useful for subtle highlights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks as a bridging tone between whites and earthier pigments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOpaque finish that maintains its tone when layered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product safe to use and how is it supplied?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach R\u0026amp;F encaustic cake is milled using pharmaceutical-grade beeswax and damar resin, then combined with heavy pigment loads, and supplied ready-to-melt in a 40 ml cake. As with any encaustic material, use with proper ventilation and standard studio safety practices around heat sources.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-use 40 ml cake—no mixing required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the USA with USP-grade beeswax and damar resin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh pigment concentration for strong colour payoff.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow normal heat-safety and ventilation guidance in the studio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: R\u0026amp;F Artist Encaustic Paint in Unbleached Titanium (40 ml) is aimed at encaustic painters, mixed-media artists, and fine-art students who want a reliable, handcrafted off-white with good opacity and predictable handling. The compact size suits artists building a diverse palette, those working in small formats, or anyone who prefers to purchase colours individually for precise control over their encaustic materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I mix Unbleached Titanium with other R\u0026amp;F encaustic colours?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. It blends smoothly with other R\u0026amp;F encaustics for custom tints and transitional tones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What size is this encaustic cake and is it ready to use?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: This is a 40 ml ready-to-use encaustic cake, ideal for building a palette or small-format work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55253671084369,"sku":"B07613966J","price":30.83,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/rnf-encaustic-unbleached-titanium-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791662379"},{"product_id":"r-f-encaustic-paint-cake-40ml-burnt-sienna-beeswax-encaustic-high-pigment-durable-color","title":"R\u0026F Encaustic Paint Cake 40ml Burnt Sienna — Beeswax encaustic, high-pigment durable colour","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Encaustic 40ml Burnt Sienna is a ready-to-use, hand-poured beeswax-based paint cake delivering a rich, lightfast burnt sienna pigment for encaustic painting and mixed-media work.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F Encaustic paints are crafted using traditional paintmaking methods: pharmaceutical-grade beeswax, damar resin, and a high pigment load produce a stable, buttery cake that melts cleanly and retains colour intensity. This 40ml Burnt Sienna cake offers a portable, economical way to add a warm, earthy mid-brown to your encaustic palette. Manufactured in the USA and available in a broad range of shades, these encaustic cakes are designed for painters, illustrators, and mixed-media artists who work with heat and layered wax techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this Burnt Sienna encaustic perform when melted for painting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen gently heated, the 40ml Burnt Sienna cake softens to a smooth, workable wax that spreads evenly and bonds to encaustic grounds. The pigment remains saturated and resists dulling after fusing, giving consistent colour across layers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMelts smoothly at recommended temperatures for controlled brush or tool application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh pigment concentration preserves colour strength after fusing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFormulated to minimize cracking and achieve stable layered surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat safety and handling should I follow when using R\u0026amp;F encaustic cakes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEncaustic painting involves heat, so follow temperature and ventilation guidelines to work safely. Do not exceed 200°F and ensure good airflow; avoid solvent use, as encaustic paints are designed to be used with heat and wax mediums only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not heat above 200°F to prevent discoloration or smoke.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse in a well-ventilated area to reduce fumes from resin and heated wax.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid solvents—these paints are formulated for hot-wax techniques without thinners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich tools and techniques pair well with a 40ml encaustic cake?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe portable 40ml size is ideal for heated palettes, encaustic irons, brushes, and scraping tools. It works well for layering, monotype prints, textural impasto, and combining with other encaustic colours or mediums like impasto wax and damar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for heated palettes, encaustic pens, and micro irons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombines smoothly with R\u0026amp;F mediums and modelling wax for texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmall size supports plein-air encaustic, study pieces, and colour testing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long will a 40ml cake of Burnt Sienna last in my practice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLongevity depends on frequency and size of work, but the concentrated pigment and dense wax formulation mean you’ll use less volume to achieve strong colour. A single 40ml cake is economical for focused studies, layer experiments, or adding a single accent or glaze colour to larger pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDense pigment reduces the amount needed per application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for practice sessions, small panels, and accent layers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand-poured cakes allow predictable, even melting and use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Artists who work in encaustic or mixed-media and need a pure, reliable Burnt Sienna in a manageable 40ml format—suitable for students, studio artists wanting to expand a colour range affordably, and plein-air encaustic painters seeking a portable, high-quality wax paint. If you require larger quantities, R\u0026amp;F also offers the same colour in 104ml and 333ml cakes, plus complementary encaustic mediums and impasto wax for building texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade from pure, high-quality pharmaceutical-grade beeswax and damar resin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne 40ml cake of Burnt Sienna encaustic paint, hand-poured in the USA.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not heat above 200°F; use with ample ventilation for safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid solvents—encaustic paints are formulated for hot-wax techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I thin R\u0026amp;F encaustic paint with solvents?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. Do not use solvents; R\u0026amp;F encaustic paints are formulated for heat and wax mediums only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What temperature should I not exceed when heating the cake?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Avoid heating above 200°F to prevent smoke, discoloration, or damage to the wax and resin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55253671149905,"sku":"B003IX1Y4W","price":31.68,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-f-burnt-sienna-front-cake.jpg?v=1791662378"},{"product_id":"r-f-pigment-stick-ivory-black-38ml-handmade-linseed-oil-beeswax-paint-stick-for-direct-drawing-and-layering","title":"R\u0026F Pigment Stick Ivory Black 38ml — handmade linseed oil \u0026 beeswax paint stick for direct drawing and layering","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml Ivory Black is a hand‑made linseed oil and wax oil paint in stick form that lets you draw, layer, and blend directly on canvas without brushes or solvents.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade in small batches in the USA, this 38ml Ivory Black stick combines finely milled pigment with beeswax, plant wax, and linseed oil for a soft, lipstick‑like consistency. It contains no fillers, extenders, or synthetic additives, so the colour intensity, handling, and archival quality come from traditional painting materials. The compact tube offers a portable way to apply intense black strokes, scumbles, and rich washes by hand, knife, or any mark‑making tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this pigment stick perform compared with tube oil paint?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pigment Stick puts oil paint where you want it without brushes or palettes, giving immediate mark‑making control and tactile feedback. Because the formula is pure pigment, wax, and linseed oil, it keeps the richness and permanence of conventional oil paint while skipping solvents and brushes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eImmediate direct application—draw, smear, or layer straight from the stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStrong pigmentation for deep, consistent Ivory Black tones\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBeeswax\/plant wax body preserves buttery texture and tack\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added extenders or synthetic softeners—clean traditional ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat techniques can you use with Ivory Black Pigment Stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis stick adapts to many approaches: use it like a drawing medium for crisp lines, as a painting tool for broad passages, or softened with a rag or solvent for translucent washes. It accepts scraping, blending, and overpainting once partially dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect drawing for gestural lines and contours\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLayering and scumbling for textural depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePalette knife or finger blending for varied marks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSolvent or medium sparingly applied for glazing effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I care for surfaces and drying when using the 38ml stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApply to primed canvas, board, paper suitable for oil, or prepared ground to prevent absorption. Drying time depends on film thickness: thin strokes may skin within days, while thick passages will take longer; allow extended curing for archival stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse properly primed supports to avoid sink‑in or cracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThin applications dry faster; thick impasto needs longer cure time\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore capped in a cool, dry place to maintain consistency\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor finished work, allow weeks to months of cure before varnishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose the 38ml size and Ivory Black shade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 38ml format balances portability with enough product for sketches, studies, or detail work in larger paintings. Ivory Black is a reliable, deep neutral for underpainting, tonal work, or anchoring high-contrast compositions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e38ml: ideal for travel, fieldwork, and studio detail work\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIvory Black: strong, cool black useful for shadows and mixes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandmade in small batches for consistent texture and pigment load\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with other R\u0026amp;F pigment stick colours and oil mediums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Artists who want oil paint that behaves like a drawing medium—painter‑draughtspeople, urban sketchers, professional painters, and mixed‑media makers. If you value tactile control, pure traditional ingredients, and a compact format that sidesteps brushes and tubes, the R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml Ivory Black is designed to fit into studio practice or portable work routines without compromising pigment strength or handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop-ranking linseed oil-based painting stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOvercome hurdles between artistic specialties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTremendous manipulation ability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntensely pigmented\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I mix Ivory Black Pigment Stick with other oil paints?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. You can mix it with other oil paints or R\u0026amp;F pigment sticks, but match drying properties and avoid excessive wax dilution for stable films.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this safe to use without solvents?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The stick is brushless and can be used solvent‑free, though small amounts of solvent or medium can alter texture and drying if desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55253896888657,"sku":"B005CU5YK4","price":32.37,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-f-pigment-stick-front-view-ivory-black.jpg?v=1791666039"},{"product_id":"r-f-pigment-stick-oil-wax-paint-stick-neutral-white-38ml-creamy-highly-pigmented-for-drawing-layering","title":"R\u0026F Pigment Stick oil \u0026 wax paint stick Neutral White 38ml — creamy, highly pigmented for drawing \u0026 layering","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Neutral White is a handcrafted linseed oil and wax paint stick that lets you draw or paint directly onto surfaces without brushes, palettes, tubes, or solvents.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade in small batches in the USA, this 38ml Pigment Stick blends traditional raw materials—beeswax, plant wax, linseed oil, and pigment—into a soft, lipstick-like stick that delivers rich, stable colour and tactile control. Because R\u0026amp;F avoids industrial extenders and additives, each stick offers concentrated pigment and a malleable consistency designed for mark-making, layering, and mixed-media techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the 38ml Neutral White feel and apply compared with tube oils?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Neutral White stick has a creamy, spreadable texture that responds to pressure and edge control; you can drag it for thin lines, press for dense passages, or scrape to reveal underlayers. Unlike tube oils, it needs no brush or solvent for initial application, allowing immediate, direct handling of the medium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, lipstick-like consistency for drawing and painting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVariable mark quality from fine lines to heavy impasto\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo brush or solvent required for initial strokes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood for quick blocking and detailed accents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes R\u0026amp;F’s formula different from industrial oil sticks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F sticks rely on traditional, high-purity ingredients rather than fillers, extenders, or synthetic facilitators. That handcrafted approach yields intense pigmentation and reliable handling characteristics while preserving the tactile behavior of natural oil and wax.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBeeswax and plant wax base for stable body and sheen\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLinseed oil binder for traditional oil paint drying characteristics\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo additives that dilute pigment strength or alter texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand-milled and moulded in small batches for consistency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich techniques and supports work best with this Neutral White stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe 38ml size is ideal for sketches, studio studies, and finishing touches across paper, canvas, board, and primed surfaces. It integrates well with other dry and wet media, and can be blended with fingers, cloths, palette knives, or compatible solvents for varied effects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect drawing or painting on prepared paper, canvas, or board\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLayering and scumbling; can be scraped or burnished for texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombines with charcoal, pastel, or acrylic underpainting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable size suited for travel, plein air, and quick studies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and care for my 38ml Pigment Stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the cap on when not in use to protect the pigment and prevent dust contamination; store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. If the surface becomes tacky over time, a light warming (hands or brief ambient heat) will temporarily soften it for renewed application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRecap after each session to avoid surface drying and dust\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore at stable room temperatures to preserve consistency\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse a palette knife or cloth to remove excess from edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllow applied layers to cure according to oil paint drying times\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: The R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Neutral White suits artists who want direct, tactile access to oil colour without traditional brushwork—illustrators, mixed-media creators, plein air painters, and students. Its concentrated pigment and handmade formulation appeal to professionals seeking archival, high-quality materials, while the compact size and ease of use make it practical for hobbyists and educators exploring oil stick techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop-ranking linseed oil-based painting stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOvercome hurdles between artistic specialties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTremendous manipulation ability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntensely pigmented\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I blend the neutral white with other oil pigments?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The stick blends readily with other oil pigments and media; mix directly on the surface or on a palette for subtle tints and glazes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this safe to use without solvents?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. You can apply and blend the stick without solvents, though solvents can be used cautiously for cleanup or diluted effects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55253896986961,"sku":"B005CU5YJU","price":31.33,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r_f-pigment-stick-38ml-neutral-white-front-shot.jpg?v=1791666034"},{"product_id":"r-f-pigment-stick-oil-paint-stick-unbleached-titanium-38ml-buttery-opaque-pigment-for-sketching","title":"R\u0026F Pigment Stick oil paint stick — Unbleached Titanium 38ml, buttery opaque pigment for sketching","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Unbleached Titanium is a handheld, linseed-oil and wax-based oil paint stick that lets you draw or paint directly without brushes, palettes, tubes, or solvents.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade by hand in small batches in the USA, this 38ml pigment stick combines pure pigments with beeswax, plant wax, and high-quality linseed oil for a soft, lipstick-like consistency. The formula avoids industrial additives and extenders, giving artists an intensely pigmented, tactile medium that glides across paper, canvas, board, and mixed-media supports. Its compact size makes it convenient for sketching, plein air work, detailing, or adding vibrant marks to larger paintings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Unbleached Titanium behave on different surfaces?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnbleached Titanium lays down as a creamy, opaque mark that adapts well to both absorbent and primed surfaces. On paper and board it can be used for solid coverage or subtle scumbles; on primed canvas it adheres and can be blended with brushes or fingers. Because it contains natural waxes, it builds texture and retains ridges where applied thickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDries to a tacky, paint-like film suitable for overpainting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with gessoed canvas, watercolour papers, and wood panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCan be softened or blended with linseed oil sparingly or with mild heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I mix Unbleached Titanium with other media or colours?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—Unbleached Titanium mixes readily with other R\u0026amp;F pigment sticks and with traditional oil paints in moderation. The stick’s linseed-oil base allows colour mixing by rubbing sticks directly together or blending on the support. Avoid excessive solvent if you wish to keep the waxy body and handling properties intact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend directly on the surface or on a ceramic\/glass palette\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine with oil paint for increased fluidity; add sparingly to retain texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse with cold wax mediums carefully—test small mixes first\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat handling and drying characteristics should artists expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 38ml stick offers immediate mark-making with a buttery feel and strong pigment load; marks are both dense and workable. Drying time depends on layer thickness and ambient conditions—thin marks tack up faster, while heavy applications can remain pliable longer because of the wax content. For stable long-term results, allow thicker passages ample time to cure before varnishing or varnish-compatible overpainting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThin layers become tacky within hours; thick layers take longer to firm up\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWax presence keeps texture but slows full cure compared with pure oil films\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid immediate solvent washes; wait until surface is sufficiently dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? The R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Unbleached Titanium suits painters, illustrators, and mixed-media artists who want pure, highly pigmented oil colour in a portable, brush-free format. It's ideal for on-the-go studies, quick colour notes, adding bold highlights or corrections in studio work, and for anyone who values handmade materials with traditional linseed oil and natural wax composition. If you prefer artisan-made paint without industrial additives and need a tactile tool for direct drawing or painting, this small-format stick offers convenience, strong coverage, and authentic oil colour behavior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop-ranking linseed oil-based painting stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOvercome hurdles between artistic specialties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTremendous manipulation ability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntensely pigmented\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the pigment stick safe to use without solvents?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The stick is formulated to be used directly without solvents, though you can use small amounts of linseed oil or solvent for specific blending needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I layer this over acrylic gesso or acrylic paint?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—apply over fully dry acrylic gesso or paint. Allow thicker stick layers to cure before extensive overpainting or varnishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254042083665,"sku":"B01N7MPJKR","price":32.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-and-f-pigment-stick-unbleached-titanium-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791667079"},{"product_id":"r-f-professional-oil-pigment-stick-turquoise-blue-38-ml-portable-opaque-phthalo-color","title":"R\u0026F Professional Oil Pigment Stick — Turquoise Blue 38 ml, Portable Opaque Phthalo Colour","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Handmade Paints Turquoise Blue is a 38 ml professional oil pigment stick that delivers rich, opaque, brushless colour for direct, tactile painting and drawing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese pigment sticks are oil paint reimagined as a portable stick: pure linseed oil, pigment, and natural wax produce a soft, lipstick-like texture you can apply straight to canvas, paper, wood, or primed surfaces. Made in small batches in Kingston, New York, each stick is milled and moulded by hand with no industrial fillers or additives. Turquoise Blue is a greenish light blue formed from phthalo pigments and white, offering strong opacity and clear chroma for vibrant passages or blended layers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use a pigment stick compared with traditional oil paint?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApply the stick directly to your support to draw or block in colour without brushes, palettes, or solvents. You can layer, scrape back, or soften edges with fingers, cloth, or a brush moistened with medium, while still avoiding the mess of tubes and jars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect application: draw, shade, or block in colour straight from the stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlendability: smudge with fingers, cloth, or a dry brush for soft transitions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTexture: build impasto strokes and scrape to reveal underlayers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSolvent-free: no need for turpentine during initial handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this Turquoise Blue formulation different from other blues?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F's Turquoise Blue mixes phthalo pigments with white to create a distinctly green-leaning light blue that reads bright and clear even at thin coverage. The stick format emphasizes opacity and surface texture, so the colour maintains punch whether used opaquely or thinned with medium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eColour profile: greenish, light turquoise with vivid chroma\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOpacity: classified as opaque for strong coverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePigment quality: artist-grade phthalo-based pigments for permanence\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistency: soft, lipstick-like for controlled mark-making\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich surfaces and techniques work best with this 38 ml stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 38 ml size is convenient for sketching, travel, studies, and detail work on primed canvas, heavy paper, wood panels, gessoed board, and assemblage surfaces. Use it for rapid colour studies, expressive marks, glazing with oil mediums, or mixed-media layering with acrylic underpaintings once adequately cured.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports: primed canvas, heavyweight paper, wood panel, gessoed board\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTechniques: drawing, blocking-in, impasto strokes, scumbling, glazing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMixing: blend on surface or with a palette knife and oil medium\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTravel-friendly: compact 38 ml size for studio and plein air\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and care for pigment sticks to keep them usable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the stick capped or wrapped in wax paper and kept at room temperature away from direct heat or sunlight to prevent softening or bloom. If the tip becomes worn, warm slightly with your hands and remold on a palette; clean edges with a dry cloth before replacing the cap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage: cool, dry place; keep cap on between uses\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCleaning: wipe cap and stick edge with a cloth to avoid buildup\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLongevity: avoid freezing and prolonged high heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePreparation: warm gently for easier shaping or palette transfers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Artists who want the immediacy of drawing with the depth of oil paint will appreciate R\u0026amp;F Turquoise Blue in 38 ml. It suits illustrators, plein air painters, mixed-media practitioners, and studio artists who value handmade, high-pigment materials that enable direct mark-making, strong colour, and tactile surface effects without the routine use of brushes or solvents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I mix this pigment stick with other oil paints?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The stick is linseed oil–based and mixes well with traditional oil paints and oil mediums on a palette or surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this product solvent-free during painting?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The stick itself requires no solvents for application, though solvents or mediums can be used later if you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254042280273,"sku":"B005CU609I","price":32.31,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-f-turquoise-blue-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791667084"},{"product_id":"r-f-pigment-stick-oil-paint-stick-mars-orange-38-ml-creamy-beeswax-linseed-oil-portable-studio-size","title":"R\u0026F Pigment Stick oil paint stick Mars Orange 38 ml — creamy beeswax \u0026 linseed oil, portable studio size","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Mars Orange is a beeswax-and-linseed-oil oil paint stick that lets you draw, layer, and sculpt colour directly onto surfaces without brushes, palettes, or solvents.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCompact and handmade in the USA, this 38 ml Mars Orange pigment stick combines highly concentrated artist-grade pigment with a creamy, lipstick-like consistency. It’s formulated from traditional ingredients—beeswax, plant wax, linseed oil, and pure pigment—without industrial additives, giving you a pure, malleable medium that behaves like both drawing tool and paint. Ideal for sketching, mark-making, underpainting, or finishing details, the stick encourages direct contact with the surface and responds well to blending, scraping, and solvent-free layering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use the Mars Orange Pigment Stick in my studio practice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the stick like a crayon or compressed pastel for immediate marks, or apply thicker to build impasto textures. You can layer it cold or gently soften it with a dry brush or warm palette knife to blend; no solvents are required to manipulate most effects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDraw lines, blocks, or broad strokes directly on canvas, paper, board, or wood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApply heavy for sculptural texture or scrape back to reveal underlayers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend by smudging with fingers, cloth, or a dry brush for soft transitions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFixative or varnish can be used later for protection and sheen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this 38 ml size useful compared with larger tubes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 38 ml format is portable and affordable while still offering enough volume for focused studies, plein air sketches, or touch-up work. It’s perfect for artists testing a colour or using Mars Orange as an accent without committing to a larger container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTravel-friendly and fits easily in an art kit or jacket pocket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCost-effective for experimenting with colour combinations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmall batch, handmade quality consistent with larger sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to control for detail and fine mark-making.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill Mars Orange mix or layer well with other media?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—because it’s made from linseed oil and wax, Mars Orange layers predictably over oil-based grounds and mixes well when used alongside other oil or wax-based pigment sticks. When combining with acrylics or water-based paints, prepare the surface and test adhesion; avoid applying water-based layers over thick oil-wax passages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend on-surface with other R\u0026amp;F pigment sticks or oil paints for custom hues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse underpainting techniques with oil primers for best adhesion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor mixed-media, isolate heavy oil-wax areas from water-based top layers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVarnish uniformly after full curing to unify sheen and protect the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? The R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38 ml Mars Orange is aimed at painters, illustrators, and mixed-media artists who prefer direct mark-making and want a pure, highly pigmented oil stick without industrial extenders. It suits plein air artists, studio painters exploring texture, and creatives who value handmade, small-batch materials. If you need a travel-ready, intensely coloured tool that behaves like an oil paint but feels like a pastel, this compact Mars Orange stick is designed for that purpose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop-ranking linseed oil-based painting stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOvercome hurdles between artistic specialties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTremendous manipulation ability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntensely pigmented\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick Mars Orange solvent-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The stick itself requires no solvents for most effects; it’s made from wax, linseed oil, and pigment. Solvents may be used optionally for thinning or cleanup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I varnish works made with this pigment stick?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. After the piece has fully cured, use a suitable varnish for oil-wax media to even sheen and protect the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254147531089,"sku":"B005CU5YZO","price":31.37,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-and-f-pigment-stick-mars-orange-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791669771"},{"product_id":"r-f-pigment-stick-oil-paint-stick-38ml-turkey-umber-greenish-buttery-creamy-pigment-for-drawing-layering","title":"R\u0026F Pigment Stick oil paint stick 38ml — Turkey Umber Greenish, buttery creamy pigment for drawing \u0026 layering","description":"\u003cb\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Turkey Umber Greenish is a hand-milled oil paint stick that lets artists draw, layer, and blend rich, buttery pigment directly onto surfaces without brushes or solvents.\u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade in small batches in the USA, R\u0026amp;F Pigment Sticks combine finely ground pigment with linseed oil and a blend of beeswax and plant wax to achieve a soft, lipstick-like consistency. Because the formula contains no fillers, extenders, or industrial additives, the colour remains intense and responsive to manipulation. This 38ml size is ideal for sketching, studying colour, or travelling light while working on paper, canvas, wood, or primed board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Turkey Umber Greenish behave on different surfaces?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis earthy, slightly green-tinted umber lays down with a creamy, opaque stroke and adheres well to toothy papers and prepared canvases. On smooth surfaces it can be burnished for a satin finish, while on textured supports it will catch peaks and emphasize brushless gestures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDraws directly on primed canvas, gessoed panels, and heavyweight paper\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBuilds opaque layers quickly; scumbles easily for translucent effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCan be scraped, carved, or blended with a rag, knife, or finger\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdheres without solvents; minimal underpainting required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat techniques can I use with this oil paint stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Sticks encourage a variety of mark-making: bold linear strokes, soft smudges, and layered passages that can be reworked as the wax and oil matrix sets. Because the medium is solid, you can apply directional pressure to vary line width and texture instantly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect drawing and hatching for rapid studies and cartoons\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLayering and glazing by applying thin passes or burnishing thicker areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSgraffito and scraping to reveal underlayers or create highlights\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlending with palette knives, brushes, or fingers for smooth transitions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and care for the pigment stick and finished work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the stick capped or wrapped to prevent dust and preserve tackiness; store at room temperature away from direct heat to avoid softening. Finished pieces should be allowed to dry in a flat, dust-free area; drying times vary with film thickness but are aided by the linseed oil content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRecap after use to maintain edge definition\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore upright or flat in a cool, dry place; avoid extreme heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVarnish final paintings if desired after adequate drying—test a small area first\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean hands and tools with a rag and mild solvent if needed; avoid skin irritation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho is this for?\u003c\/strong\u003e Artists who want the immediacy of drawing with the colour depth of oil — illustrators, plein-air painters, mixed-media artists, and students will appreciate the portability and expressive range of the 38ml Pigment Stick. If you value handmade, high-pigment materials and prefer working without brushes or traditional paint setups, this Turkey Umber Greenish offers a controlled, tactile way to paint and draw in one tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick safe to use without solvents?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The stick is formulated to apply and blend without solvents, though you may use mild solvents for cleanup if desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long does the 38ml stick last?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Longevity depends on usage; for sketching it lasts many sessions, while heavy impasto will consume it faster. Store capped to extend life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254230663505,"sku":"B005CU5YQS","price":31.35,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-and-f-pigment-stick-turkey-umber-greenish-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791671362"},{"product_id":"r-f-pigment-stick-raw-umber-38ml-handmade-oil-paint-stick-buttery-glide-strong-opaque-coverage","title":"R\u0026F Pigment Stick Raw Umber 38ml — Handmade oil paint stick, buttery glide \u0026 strong opaque coverage","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Raw Umber is a handmade oil paint stick combining pure pigment, linseed oil, and natural wax for direct-to-surface drawing and painting without brushes or solvents.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 38ml Raw Umber pigment stick from R\u0026amp;F offers a compact, travel-ready format of their traditional oil-stick formula. Handcrafted in small batches in the USA, the stick uses only natural beeswax and plant wax, linseed oil, and high-grade pigment to produce a soft, lipstick-like consistency that can be drawn, rubbed, or blended straight onto canvas, board, paper, or primed surfaces. Because there are no industrial extenders or additives, colour strength and handling remain true to classic oil materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this Raw Umber stick behave on primed canvas?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Raw Umber stick lays down a richly pigmented, slightly satin mark that can be left as a distinct linear stroke or worked with tools and solvents for softer passages. It adheres well to primed surfaces and can be layered after initial drying to build depth and texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStrong opaque coverage for underpainting and sketching.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, buttery glide for continuous strokes and shading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAccepts scraping, scumbling, and blending with a brush or cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat techniques can artists use with this oil paint stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe R\u0026amp;F stick supports drawing, gestural mark-making, and painterly applications—use it like a crayon for direct marks, as a bar for broad strokes, or as a source of pigment when melted or diluted. It integrates with other oil media when allowed to dry sufficiently before overpainting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect drawing and contouring on multiple supports.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmudging or feathering with fingers, cloth, or blending tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLayering with conventional oil paints after tack time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I care for and store this 38ml oil stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the cap securely on and store the stick horizontally at moderate room temperature to preserve consistency; extreme heat can soften it and heavy cold can make it brittle. When using, work in well-ventilated areas and allow applied layers adequate drying time before varnishing or heavy overpainting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReseat cap after each use to prevent skinning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore away from direct sunlight and heat sources.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse palette knives or paper to collect shavings for controlled application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes Raw Umber in this format a good choice for studio and plein air?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 38ml size balances portability with enough material for extended sketches or studies; Raw Umber is a versatile earth tone useful for underpainting, tonal studies, and naturalistic shadows. Its compact form removes the need for brushes or palettes, speeding up setup and cleanup outdoors or in a busy studio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable tube size that fits easily into a sketch bag or pocket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eImmediate, brush-free application for fast studies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRich, traditional earth pigment suited for value work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Artists who prefer direct, tactile mark-making—illustrators, painters doing quick studies, mixed-media creators, and plein air practitioners—will appreciate the handcrafted quality and pigment-first formula of R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml Raw Umber. It’s also valuable for anyone wanting a dependable, solvent-free way to lay down classic oil colour without the setup of tubes and palettes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop-ranking linseed oil-based painting stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOvercome hurdles between artistic specialties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTremendous manipulation ability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntensely pigmented\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick Raw Umber solvent-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The stick uses linseed oil and natural waxes without industrial solvents; work in ventilated areas and use solvents only if you choose to blend.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I mix this stick with traditional oil paint?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. After initial drying, it can be layered with conventional oil paints and supports common oil techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254301311313,"sku":"B005CU5YQ8","price":32.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r_f-pigment-stick-raw-umber-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791672849"},{"product_id":"r-f-handmade-pigment-stick-dianthus-pink-38-ml-solvent-free-oil-paint-stick-for-direct-drawing","title":"R\u0026F Handmade Pigment Stick — Dianthus Pink 38 ml, Solvent-Free Oil Paint Stick for Direct Drawing","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Handmade Pigment Stick in Dianthus Pink is a 38 ml, solvent-free oil paint stick made from linseed oil, natural waxes and pure pigment for direct drawing and painting without brushes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis pigment stick converts traditional oil paint materials into a portable, easy-to-use solid form. Made in small batches in Kingston, New York, the formula combines linseed oil, beeswax and plant wax with finely ground pigment to produce a soft, creamy stick that glides like a crayon but delivers the depth and richness of oil colour. Dianthus Pink is an opaque, vivid pink with a smooth finish ideal for accents, underdrawings, or full-coverage passages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the pigment stick differ from tube oil paint?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F pigment sticks eliminate the need for brushes, palettes and solvents, allowing you to apply colour directly to the surface. The hand-milled formula prioritizes pigment load and simple, traditional ingredients rather than industrial additives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSolvent-free: apply and layer without turpentine or mineral spirits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-use: no palette mixing required for immediate mark-making.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh pigment concentration: strong, opaque coverage in fewer passes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandmade small-batch milling preserves colour purity and consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat surfaces and techniques work best with Dianthus Pink?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDianthus Pink performs well on primed canvas, paper, board and panel; it's versatile for both drawing and painting techniques. Use it at full strength for bold marks, scrape and blend it with a palette knife, or scumble with a rag to soften edges and create texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrimed canvas or gessoed panel for archival painting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeavy-weight paper for sketches, studies, or mixed-media work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLayering and sgraffito: carve back into layers for revealing effects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSolvent or oil mediums (applied after initial curing) for extended blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I care for, store, and use the 38 ml stick effectively?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the cap on when not in use and store at room temperature away from direct heat to maintain the soft, lipstick-like consistency. Because the paint contains natural oils and waxes, allow thicker applications to dry longer than acrylics; thin layers will set faster than dense impasto.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRecap immediately to prevent dust and drying at the tip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore horizontally to avoid deformation of the stick.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThin with small amounts of oil or a compatible medium for fluid blending (after initial set).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTest adhesion on unfamiliar supports before committing to final pieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this handmade Dianthus Pink pigment stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F’s commitment to traditional materials means you get a clean formula with high pigment load and a tactile application experience not possible with many industrially altered products. Dianthus Pink offers vivid, opaque coverage for artists seeking immediacy and colour intensity in a convenient 38 ml size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in USA: small-batch craftsmanship in Kingston, New York.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimple, natural ingredients: linseed oil, pigments, beeswax and plant wax.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable format: ideal for studio work, plein air, and travel sketches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOpaque, high-impact colour suited to both detail work and broad strokes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: The R\u0026amp;F Dianthus Pink 38 ml pigment stick is designed for painters, illustrators and mixed-media artists who want the richness of oil colour with the convenience of a stick. It's especially useful for creatives who value handmade materials, quick mark-making, and the ability to work without solvents—perfect for studies, bold accents, or as a primary colour in a broader palette.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is R\u0026amp;F Dianthus Pink solvent-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The pigment stick is solvent-free and made from linseed oil and natural waxes for direct application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long does the paint take to dry?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Drying varies by layer thickness; thin strokes set faster, while thick impasto layers require longer curing time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254301507921,"sku":"B005CU60FM","price":32.27,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-and-f-dianthus-pink-front-38ml.jpg?v=1791672867"},{"product_id":"r-f-pigment-stick-38ml-neutral-grey-deep-hand-made-linseed-oil-beeswax-paint-stick-high-pigment-brushless-drawing-and-painti","title":"R\u0026F Pigment Stick 38ml Neutral Grey Deep — Hand-made linseed oil \u0026 beeswax paint stick, high-pigment, brushless drawing and painti","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml Neutral Grey Deep is a hand‑made linseed oil and wax oil paint stick that lets you draw or paint directly on surfaces without brushes, palettes, or solvents.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 38ml Neutral Grey Deep pigment stick from R\u0026amp;F condenses traditional oil painting materials—beeswax, plant wax and linseed oil—with high‑quality pigments into a firm, lipstick‑like stick. Because it contains no industrial fillers or additives, the stick delivers a dense, vibrant mark and tactile handling that bridges drawing and painting techniques. Each stick is hand‑milled and poured in small batches in the USA, giving consistent texture and colour for studio or plein air work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Neutral Grey Deep perform on different surfaces?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe R\u0026amp;F stick lays down smooth, opaque to semi‑transparent strokes depending on pressure and surface tooth. It adheres well to paper, canvas, primed panels and board; toothier surfaces increase textured marks while smoother surfaces yield crisper lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePaper: produces dense, blendable strokes on heavyweight or primed papers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCanvas: bonds to primed or unprimed canvas with greater tooth for texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePanels\/wood: gives sharp, durable marks on primed board or sealed wood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOverpainting: compatible with traditional oil layers once cured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat control and finishing effects can I achieve with this oil stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeutral Grey Deep responds to pressure and tools, allowing precise lines or sweeping, painterly gestures. You can manipulate edges with fingers, palette knives, rags or brushes to smear, soften or scrape back for layered surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFine lines: use the stick tip for drawing and contour work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBroad coverage: flatten the stick to spread mid‑tone fields quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlending: soften transitions with a finger, cloth, or soft brush.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTexture: scrape or carve for reveal layers and impasto effects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow pigmented and durable is this colour compared to other oil mediums?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F formulates pigment sticks to emphasize pigment load and archival linseed oil, so Neutral Grey Deep offers rich, durable coverage without extenders. Because there are no plasticizers or cheap fillers, the resulting marks retain strong chroma and structural integrity over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh pigment concentration for saturated mid‑to‑dark greys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStable linseed oil binder promotes adhesion and aging behavior similar to traditional oils.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo industrial additives that dilute colour or alter drying properties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandmade small batches ensure consistent colour between sticks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? The R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml Neutral Grey Deep is ideal for artists who want the freedom of direct mark‑making with oil paint—illustrators, mixed‑media creators, plein air painters and studio artists exploring fast, tactile methods. Choose the 38ml size when you need a conveniently portable, high‑quality stick for sketching, studies or focused detail work while retaining the archival nature of traditional oil materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop‑ranking linseed oil‑based painting stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOvercome hurdles between artistic specialties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTremendous manipulation ability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntensely pigmented\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I blend this stick like traditional oil paint?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. You can blend on the surface with fingers, brushes or cloth; it softens with pressure and layered oil handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this safe to use without solvents?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The stick is formulated to be used directly without solvents, though standard oil painting safety and ventilation are recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254301540689,"sku":"B005CU5Z9O","price":32.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/rf-pigment-stick-neutral-grey-deep-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791672867"},{"product_id":"r-f-pigment-stick-handmade-oil-paint-stick-raw-sienna-38ml-artist-grade-buttery-linseed-formula","title":"R\u0026F Pigment Stick handmade oil paint stick Raw Sienna 38ml, artist-grade buttery linseed formula","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Raw Sienna is a hand‑made oil paint stick that lets you draw or paint directly onto a surface with richly pigmented, buttery linseed‑oil and wax formulation.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade in small batches in the USA, this 38ml Pigment Stick combines finely milled artist‑grade pigment with natural beeswax, plant wax, and cold‑pressed linseed oil to create a soft, lipstick‑like consistency ideal for mark‑making without brushes, palettes, or solvents. Raw Sienna offers a warm, earthy ochre that layers, blends, and scumbles well on paper, canvas, board, or primed surfaces. Because the recipe avoids industrial extenders and synthetic fillers, you get concentrated colour and tactile control suitable for sketching, mixed‑media, and finished paintings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick perform when painting directly onto canvas?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stick lays down smooth, opaque strokes and accepts both soft and energetic gestures. Its wax‑oil balance allows for immediate marks that can be blended with a finger, cloth, brush, or palette knife, and it adheres well to primed canvases and boards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStrong adhesion to gessoed and primed surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eImmediate dry feel with workable surface for layering\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlendable using dry tools or minimal solvent for different effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat unique advantages does Raw Sienna offer for colour and layering?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRaw Sienna is a warm, transparent‑leaning brown ochre that performs as a neutral earth tone in palettes, supporting both glazing and opaque passages. Its intense pigmentation provides colour economy, so thin strokes remain vivid while heavier applications build texture and depth without losing chroma.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh pigment concentration for strong colour payoff\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well for underpainting, midtones, and warm shadows\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with other oil sticks and oil paints for mixed layering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I apply and care for the 38ml stick to get consistent results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the stick like a crayon or oil bar: press and draw for lines, tilt for broad strokes, or shave bits for impasto. Keep the cap on between sessions, store horizontally in a cool, dry place, and clean tools by wiping or using appropriate oil mediums if desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApply directly for drawing, or shave for thicker paint bumps\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend with fingers, rags, brushes, or palette knives\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore capped and flat to preserve shape and consistency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the Pigment Stick require solvents or special mediums?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe formulation is ready to use straight from the stick; no solvents are required for mark‑making. If you want to thin or accelerate drying, you can introduce traditional oil painting mediums sparingly—R\u0026amp;F sticks were designed to integrate with conventional oil painting techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo solvent needed for drawing or initial blending\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with cold‑pressed linseed oil or traditional oil mediums\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSafe for mixed techniques when used according to standard oil‑painting practices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Artists who want the immediacy of drawing with the depth of oil paint—sketch artists, plein air painters, mixed‑media creatives, and illustrators—will appreciate the R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml Raw Sienna. It suits anyone seeking a portable, intensely pigmented oil medium that supports expressive strokes, layered textural work, and seamless integration into oil painting workflows without the fuss of tubes, palettes, or industrial additives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop‑ranking linseed oil‑based painting stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBridges drawing and painting with ease\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcellent manipulation and layering properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntensely pigmented, handmade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I mix this pigment stick with other oil paints?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — it mixes well with traditional oil paints and other R\u0026amp;F sticks for layered or blended effects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the stick ready to use without solvents?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — you can draw and blend directly from the stick; solvents or oil mediums are optional for thinning or faster drying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254326608209,"sku":"B005CU5YOU","price":30.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r_f-pigment-stick-raw-sienna-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791673614"},{"product_id":"r-f-handmade-paints-pigment-stick-sienna-yellow-extra-pale-38-ml-hand-milled-oil-portable-artist-grade","title":"R\u0026F Handmade Paints Pigment Stick — Sienna Yellow Extra Pale 38 ml, Hand-milled Oil, Portable Artist Grade","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Handmade Paints Sienna Yellow Extra Pale Pigment Stick is a hand‑milled oil paint in stick form that lets you draw and paint directly with buttery, wax‑rich colour.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 38 ml pigment stick combines pure artist‑grade pigment, linseed oil, and natural waxes to produce a soft, lipstick‑like solid that glides across paper, canvas, board, or primed surfaces. Made in small batches in the USA, R\u0026amp;F’s formula avoids industrial additives and extenders so you get concentrated colour and archival materials in a portable format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use this pigment stick in a painting session?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApply the stick directly to your working surface to lay down broad strokes, fine lines, or textured marks without brushes or solvents. You can blend and soften edges with fingers, a palette knife, cloth, or a blending tool, and layer once the first application has a bit of surface stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDraw, sketch, or block in colour straight from the stick.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmear and blend with fingers, rags, or a knife for varied textures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLayer after initial set for richer chroma and depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes the Sienna Yellow Extra Pale shade special?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hue is a pale, warm earth tone with subtle yellow‑brown character suited to natural light studies, underpainting, and tonal work. Because R\u0026amp;F uses pure pigment with linseed oil and natural waxes, the colour reads true and maintains a tactile surface quality that complements mixed media techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWarm, muted yellow‑brown ideal for shadows and underlayers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent pigment strength thanks to hand milling and simple ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well with other pigment sticks, oils, and dry media.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this pigment stick work on different surfaces?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the 38 ml stick performs on paper, canvas, wood panels, board, and primed surfaces. Heavier application and toothier supports hold textured marks better, while smoother surfaces allow sleeker strokes and finer detail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePaper or pastel paper: good for direct drawing and blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCanvas and panels: strong adhesion for thicker, tactile layers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrimed surfaces: suitable for mixed media and subsequent glazing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Artists who want a portable, brush‑free way to apply authentic oil colour—illustrators, plein air painters, mixed‑media artists, and students. It’s also a practical choice for studio painters seeking immediate mark‑making with archival materials. The 38 ml size is compact for travel and experimentation yet offers enough pigment for numerous studies and layered passages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eProduct details:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBrand: R\u0026amp;F Handmade Paints\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct: Pigment Stick — Sienna Yellow Extra Pale\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIngredients: linseed oil, pigment, beeswax \u0026amp; plant waxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSize: 38 ml, handmade and milled in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I mix this pigment stick with other oil paints?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. It blends with oils and other pigment sticks; test small mixes first to check drying behavior and texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do I need solvents to work with this stick?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No solvents are required for application; solvents can be used later for thinning or cleanup if you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254407840081,"sku":"B0076HXFSE","price":32.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-and-f-pigment-stick-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791675134"},{"product_id":"r-f-encaustic-cake-40ml-turkey-umber-pale-high-pigment-beeswax-encaustic-paint-ready-to-use","title":"R\u0026F Encaustic Cake 40ml Turkey Umber Pale — High-Pigment Beeswax Encaustic Paint, Ready-to-Use","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Encaustic 40ml cake in Turkey Umber Pale (102L) is a ready-to-use, high-pigment beeswax encaustic paint handcrafted in the USA for encaustic painting and mixed-media work.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F’s encaustic cakes combine pure USP beeswax, Singapore-grade damar resin and a concentrated pigment load to make a stable, heat-activated paint that’s usable straight from the cake. Each 40ml cake is milled and poured by hand, giving artists a compact, economical way to add durable, richly coloured encaustic to their palette. These cakes are formulated to fuse and layer when warmed and are suited to encaustic panels, collage and textured surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this Turkey Umber Pale encaustic cake different from regular oil or acrylic paints?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike oil or acrylic, encaustic paint is wax-based and requires heat to soften, fuse and adhere layers. That gives encaustic a luminous, textured surface that preserves brush and tool marks while creating strong, archival layers. The R\u0026amp;F cake combines high pigment concentration with pure wax and damar resin for clarity and working range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e100% USP beeswax binder for stable, non-yellowing body\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingapore-grade damar resin for improved hardness and gloss\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeavy pigment load for strong colour with minimal filler\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-use solid cake—no melting or mixing required before painting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use this 40ml encaustic cake in my studio practice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWork by warming the cake with a heated palette, iron, or encaustic tool, then apply softened wax with a brush, scraper or heated palette knife. Layers are fused together by briefly reheating the surface so new and old wax meld into a single, stable film. Maintain ventilation and avoid overheating—encaustic works within a safe temperature window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWarm the cake gently—do not exceed 200°F (93°C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApply with natural-bristle brushes, heated metal tools or scrapers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFuse layers with a heat gun or heated iron for smooth adhesion\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBuild impasto or thin glazes; each layer fuses without solvents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat safety and care points should I keep in mind with this encaustic paint?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEncaustic techniques depend on heat, so use ventilation and temperature control to minimize fumes and prevent scorching. R\u0026amp;F specifically cautions against solvents; do not combine encaustic paint with mineral spirits, turpentine, or other solvents. Keep flames and very high temperatures away—this product is designed to work below 200°F for safe handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse in a well-ventilated area or with local exhaust\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNever heat above 200°F; avoid open flames\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not use solvents with encaustic paint\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore cakes in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much coverage can I expect from a 40ml cake and how does Turkey Umber Pale perform?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe 40ml size is compact but intensely pigmented—good for sketching, detail work, and extending colour variety economically. Turkey Umber Pale is a muted, warm brown that layers well for underpainting, shadowing and natural tones, letting you mix glazes or use it straight for earthy, translucent passages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmall, economical cake ideal for adding a single specific hue to a palette\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh pigment load gives strong tinting strength for mixing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for detailed work, glazing, and building transparent layers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandmade in the USA for consistent milling and colour quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Artists exploring encaustic painting, mixed-media practitioners, illustrators who want archival wax-based colour, and painters expanding a palette without bulk. The 40ml cake is especially useful for students, plein-air encaustic experiments, and professional studios that need focused colour options like Turkey Umber Pale. If you need larger quantities, R\u0026amp;F also offers 104ml and 333ml sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFeatures: Made from pure USP beeswax, Singapore-grade damar resin and pigment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eColour is heavily pigmented and filtered without chemical additives\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandling: Do not heat above 200°F and use with ample ventilation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCare: Avoid using solvents of any kind with encaustic paint\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSize: 40ml cake, handmade in the USA, Turkey Umber Pale (102L)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I thin R\u0026amp;F encaustic paint with solvents?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. Do not use solvents; encaustic paint is wax-based and should be worked with heat only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What temperature is safe for melting the 40ml encaustic cake?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Keep temperatures below 200°F (93°C) and use good ventilation for safe heating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254458597713,"sku":"B08CY6JHVR","price":32.88,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-and-f-encaustic-front-facing-turkey-umber-pale.jpg?v=1791676757"},{"product_id":"r-f-encaustic-paint-40ml-cake-phthalo-blue-high-pigment-beeswax-encaustic","title":"R\u0026F Encaustic Paint 40ml Cake — Phthalo Blue, High-Pigment Beeswax Encaustic","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Encaustic 40ml Cake in Phthalo Blue is a ready-to-use, high-pigment encaustic paint made from pure beeswax and damar resin for encaustic and mixed-media artists.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHandcrafted in Kingston, New York, each 40ml cake combines pharmaceutical-grade beeswax, damar resin, and a dense pigment load to produce a smooth, archival encaustic medium. Phthalo Blue delivers an intense, cool blue that tints cleanly toward green and remains transparent in thin layers—ideal for glazing, layering, and constructing luminous wax surfaces. This compact cake size gives artists an affordable way to expand palettes without committing to larger tubs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Phthalo Blue behave when heated and applied?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen warmed, this encaustic cake melts to a buttery, workable consistency that spreads evenly with brushes, heated tools, or a palette knife. The pigment stays vivid after cooling, providing strong colour retention in both thin glazes and thicker impasto passages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMelts smoothly for brushwork and fused layers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTransparent in thin applications; stronger saturation in heavier layers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with encaustic mediums and impasto waxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat surfaces and techniques work best with this 40ml encaustic cake?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F encaustic paints adhere well to nonporous and prepared surfaces such as wood panels, encaustic boards, and properly primed canvas. The compact size is great for experimenting with glazing, monotypes, inlay, and heated-tool texture without wasting material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBest on rigid, sealed panels and encaustic grounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse for glazing, fusing, and layered transparencies\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcellent for sketching colour studies and small-scale works\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this 40ml cake compare to larger sizes and other blues?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 40ml cake offers economical sampling of the Phthalo Blue hue before purchasing larger 104ml or 333ml cakes. Compared with Ultramarine or Cobalt, Phthalo leans greener and carries stronger tinting strength, making it a go-to for vivid mixes and deep, cool shadows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmaller, wallet-friendly format for trials and palette expansion\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreener and more staining than Ultramarine and Cobalt Blues\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent milling and pigment load match larger R\u0026amp;F cakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and care for my encaustic cake?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the cake in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve colour and handling properties. Re-cover the cake between sessions; if it softens excessively, chill briefly to firm it up before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore sealed at room temperature, out of heat and sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse a palette knife or warmed tool to remove portions as needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefrigerate briefly to firm a softened cake if necessary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Professional and emerging artists who work with encaustic, mixed media, or fine-art techniques will appreciate this 40ml Phthalo Blue for its rich pigmentation, archival beeswax foundation, and versatility. It's well suited to painters building a compact travel or studio palette, educators introducing encaustic processes, and anyone who wants a reliable, ready-to-use encaustic colour without committing to larger volumes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is R\u0026amp;F Phthalo Blue encaustic ready to use straight from the cake?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The 40ml cakes are formulated for immediate use once warmed with encaustic tools or a heat source.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I mix this Phthalo Blue with other R\u0026amp;F encaustic colours?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Absolutely. It mixes cleanly with other R\u0026amp;F encaustic paints for custom hues and transparent glazes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254463775057,"sku":"B003IX56QY","price":35.08,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-and-f-encaustic-phthalo-blue-front-label.jpg?v=1791676902"},{"product_id":"r-f-encaustic-paint-quinacridone-magenta-light-40-ml-handmade-beeswax-cake-high-pigment","title":"R\u0026F Encaustic Paint — Quinacridone Magenta Light 40 ml, Handmade Beeswax Cake, High-Pigment","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Artist Encaustic Paint in Quinacridone Magenta Light is a ready-to-use, handmade 40 ml encaustic cake with a cool, bluish magenta pigment designed for encaustic painting and mixed-media work.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F’s encaustic cakes are produced in small batches in Kingston, New York, using 100% pharmaceutical-grade beeswax, damar resin, and a heavy pigment load to deliver a stable, richly coloured encaustic medium. This Quinacridone Magenta Light is a newer hue added to the core line in 2024 and offers artists a cool, slightly blue-leaning magenta for glazing, layering, and striking colour passages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Quinacridone Magenta Light behave on an encaustic surface?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis colour is formulated as a saturated, light quinacridone tint that responds predictably to heat and layering. It melts smoothly for fusing and retains strong colour when cooled, allowing transparent or opaque effects depending on application thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh pigment load gives strong tinting strength and colour permanence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMelts evenly for controlled fusing and scraping techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well for translucent glazes or more opaque passages when applied thicker.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes R\u0026amp;F’s 40 ml encaustic cake different from other artist paints?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F’s encaustics combine traditional materials—USP beeswax and damar—with heavy pigments milled into a stable cake form. The 40 ml size is economical for building palettes while delivering the same materials and milling quality used across larger sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandmade in the USA in small batches for consistent texture and colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePharmaceutical-grade beeswax and Singapore-grade damar resin for archival handling qualities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact 40 ml cake ideal for testing new colours or travelling studios.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can artists use this Quinacridone Magenta Light in mixed-media projects?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cool, blue-leaning magenta is versatile in encaustic and mixed media, pairing well with cooler blues, purples, and greys or contrasting warm yellows and ochres. Its translucency and tinting strength make it excellent for glazing, overpainting, and integrating with collage or oil-based details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse thin layers for luminous glazes and depth in colour passages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApply thicker to build textured, impasto-like marks that fuse when reheated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine with R\u0026amp;F mediums and impasto modelling wax for sculptural effects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and handle the 40 ml encaustic cake to maintain quality?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore encaustic cakes in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to avoid softening or discoloration. Because the product is wax-based, keep it sealed or wrapped when not in use to limit dust and airborne contaminants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid prolonged exposure to high heat or direct sun to prevent warping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWrap in wax paper or keep in its container to minimize surface dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReheat slowly and evenly with a controlled heat source during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: R\u0026amp;F Artist Encaustic Paint, Quinacridone Magenta Light 40 ml, is intended for encaustic painters, mixed-media artists, and craft professionals seeking a reliable, high-pigment cool magenta in a compact cake size. It suits artists building a curated encaustic palette, instructors teaching encaustic techniques, and studio practitioners who value handmade, small-batch materials produced with traditional beeswax and damar resin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct details: 40 ml ready-to-use encaustic cake, Quinacridone Magenta Light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaterials: USP beeswax, Singapore-grade damar resin, heavy pigment load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in USA; introduced into the R\u0026amp;F line in 2024 as a Unique Colour now part of the full range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this encaustic cake ready to use out of the package?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The 40 ml cake is pre-milled and ready to melt and apply without additional mixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can Quinacridone Magenta Light be layered with other encaustic colours?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. It layers well for glazes or opaque passages and fuses cleanly when reheated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254545236305,"sku":"B0CWBW31ZG","price":34.46,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-and-f-encaustic-quinqacridone-magenta-light-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791679707"},{"product_id":"r-f-encaustic-paint-cake-40ml-green-earth-archival-beeswax-high-pigment","title":"R\u0026F Encaustic Paint Cake 40ml Green Earth — archival beeswax, high pigment","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Encaustic 40ml Green Earth is a ready-to-use encaustic paint cake made from pure pharmaceutical-grade beeswax, damar resin, and a concentrated green earth pigment for archival encaustic painting.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F Encaustics are hand-milled in the USA using time-honored paintmaking methods and high-quality ingredients: 100% USP beeswax, Singapore-grade damar, and a heavy pigment load. This 40ml cake delivers a convenient, economical way to add a mid-tone natural green to an encaustic palette, whether you’re layering translucent washes, building impasto texture, or mixing custom tones. The cake format is ready for melting and application with heated tools or encaustic irons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use this 40ml Green Earth encaustic cake in my practice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse the cake by melting small amounts on a hot palette, heated metal tools, or encaustic irons; it’s formulated to be workable without additional solvents. Apply in thin fused layers for translucency, or build up thick passages for sculptural texture, always finishing each layer with heat to fuse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMelt directly on a heated surface or scoop for palette mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFuse each layer with a heat gun, torch, or iron for adhesion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine with other R\u0026amp;F encaustic colours or mediums for varied effects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat safety and handling precautions should I follow with this encaustic paint?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F encaustics are made from beeswax and damar and should be heated carefully: do not exceed 200°F and ensure good ventilation while working. Avoid solvents—encaustic techniques rely on heat and mechanical fusion rather than chemical thinning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep melting temperature below 200°F to preserve the wax and resins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWork in a well-ventilated area or use local exhaust for fumes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not use solvents; clean tools by reheating or wiping while warm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow permanent and mixable is Green Earth within the R\u0026amp;F encaustic range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGreen Earth is heavily pigmented and compatible with the rest of R\u0026amp;F’s encaustic lineup, allowing reliable mixing and layered glazing without compromising adhesion. The pharmaceutical-grade beeswax and damar provide a stable, archival ground when properly fused.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh pigment load supports strong colour even in thin layers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMixes cleanly with other R\u0026amp;F encaustic cakes and mediums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhen fused correctly, layers remain stable and cohesive.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat tools and accessories work best with this 40ml cake?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 40ml size is ideal for palettes, travel, or adding new hues without committing to larger cakes. Use encaustic palettes, heated tins, palette knives, irons, and heat guns to manipulate and fuse the paint; impasto modelling wax and other R\u0026amp;F mediums expand textural options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeated palette or small melting pot for controlled melting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEncaustic iron or heat gun for fusing layers and smoothing surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePalette knives and brushes rated for wax for application and texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? R\u0026amp;F Encaustic 40ml Green Earth suits encaustic painters at every level who want a high-quality, ready-to-use natural green with archival ingredients. It’s a practical choice for studio artists building a diverse palette on a budget, instructors needing classroom-friendly cakes, and plein-air or travel encaustic painters who appreciate a compact, handcrafted colour. Avoid if you require solvent-based paints; choose this if you prioritize traditional encaustic techniques, workability at low heat, and materials produced in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I thin R\u0026amp;F encaustic paint with solvents?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. Do not use solvents with R\u0026amp;F encaustic paints; they are designed to be worked and fused with heat only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this encaustic cake suitable for beginners?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The 40ml cake size and ready-to-use format make it accessible for beginners and convenient for experienced artists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254545301841,"sku":"B003IX35QW","price":34.03,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/rf-encaustic-green-earth-front-cake.jpg?v=1791679706"},{"product_id":"r-f-artist-encaustic-paint-phthalo-green-40-ml-high-pigment-transparent-glaze-wax","title":"R\u0026F Artist Encaustic Paint Phthalo Green 40 ml — High-Pigment, Transparent Glaze Wax","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Artist Encaustic Paint in Phthalo Green (40 ml) is a ready-to-use, high-pigment beeswax encaustic cake for building deep, transparent greens and glazes in encaustic painting.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F’s encaustic cakes are milled in small batches using 100% pharmaceutical-grade beeswax, damar resin, and a heavy pigment load to create an archival, work-ready paint. This Phthalo Green is intense and vivid, offering transparent coverage ideal for glazing, layering, and achieving depth in mixed media and encaustic techniques. The 40 ml cake is a compact, economical size for experimenting or expanding a colour palette without committing to a larger volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will Phthalo Green behave in encaustic layers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePhthalo Green from R\u0026amp;F is known for its powerful tinting strength and transparent body. In thin applications it provides luminous glazes; in heavier passages it deepens toward near-black in line work while retaining a vivid undertone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTransparent opacity—excellent for glazing and subtle colour shifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh tinting strength—small amounts alter mixes significantly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well in both thin washes and thicker impasto forms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStable when fused into successive encaustic layers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this 40 ml cake different from other sizes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 40 ml cake offers a compact, ready-to-use portion ideal for testing colours, travel, or building a versatile palette. It’s more economical for artists who need many distinct hues without large storage needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmall, manageable volume for studio sampling or plein air use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLower upfront cost per colour compared with larger cakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFits standard encaustic palettes and small melters easily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame formula and pigment concentration as larger sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich supports and tools work best with this encaustic paint?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F encaustic is formulated for traditional encaustic supports and contemporary mixed-media surfaces. It adheres best to rigid, absorbent or primed panels and responds predictably to heat tools and fusing irons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse on cradled wood, primed board, or encaustic ground for best adhesion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat with a torch, heat gun, or encaustic iron to fuse layers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine with encaustic mediums and impasto wax for texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCan be layered with collage elements sealed between fused layers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and care for my encaustic cake?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore encaustic cakes at stable room temperature away from direct heat or prolonged sunlight to maintain consistency and prevent softening. Keep cakes in their packaging or in airtight containers to reduce dust buildup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal storage: cool, dry, and out of direct sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid prolonged exposure to heat sources that may soften the cake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRewarm gently before use if slightly firm; do not overheat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLabel and organize by colour to maintain an efficient palette.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? R\u0026amp;F Artist Encaustic Paint, Phthalo Green 40 ml is aimed at encaustic painters, mixed-media artists, illustrators exploring transparent glazing, and instructors building a classroom palette. It suits artists seeking a concentrated, archival green with strong tinting power in a convenient, ready-to-use cake made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is R\u0026amp;F Phthalo Green encaustic ready to use out of the package?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The 40 ml cake is ready to melt and apply with heat tools; no mixing or preparation required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I mix this Phthalo Green with other encaustic colours?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Absolutely. It mixes well with other R\u0026amp;F encaustics and mediums, but use sparingly due to its strong tinting strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254545858897,"sku":"B003IX79VO","price":30.32,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-and-f-encaustic-phthalo-green-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791679726"},{"product_id":"r-f-encaustic-40ml-paint-cake-veronese-green-highly-pigmented-beeswax-encaustic","title":"R\u0026F Encaustic 40ml Paint Cake — Veronese Green, Highly Pigmented Beeswax Encaustic","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Encaustic 40ml Cake in Veronese Green is a ready-to-use, highly pigmented beeswax and damar encaustic paint cake handcrafted in the USA for encaustic and mixed-media artists.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F’s encaustic cakes combine pure pharmaceutical-grade beeswax, high-quality Singapore damar resin and a dense pigment load to create a stable, workable stick of paint. This 40ml Veronese Green cake is part of a 93-colour palette available in multiple sizes, offering artists a compact, economical way to expand colour choices. The cake is formulated for torching, heating palettes, layering and texture work typical of encaustic techniques; it is filtered without solvents and made following traditional paintmaking methods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this encaustic cake perform for layering and texture?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Veronese Green cake melts smoothly and re-solidifies to accept subsequent layers, making it suitable for impasto, scraping and fused layering. Its high pigment concentration preserves strong colour intensity even when mixed or thinned with clear wax.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDense pigment ensures vibrant layers that resist fading under heat fusing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBeeswax and damar resin balance plasticity and toughness for textured marks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well with heated palette, encaustic brushes and palette knives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for building translucent glazes or opaque strokes depending on application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat safety and handling should I keep in mind when using R\u0026amp;F encaustic cakes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEncaustic painting involves heat, so moderate precautions are necessary. Avoid overheating above 200°F, use adequate ventilation, and do not employ solvents; the cake is designed to be used with heat alone for melting and fusing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not heat encaustic paint above 200°F to prevent scorching or off-gassing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProvide good room ventilation or local exhaust when fusing layers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid mixing with solvents—use encaustic mediums or clear wax instead.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children and store in a cool, dry place when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I incorporate Veronese Green into a mixed-media workflow?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVeronese Green pairs well with oil sticks, alkyds, dry pigment, and collage elements when used thoughtfully. Because encaustic layers can encapsulate paper, fabric and small objects, this cake serves as a stable colour source for combining wax with other materials that tolerate heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFuse small collage pieces between wax layers to secure and protect them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine with other R\u0026amp;F cake colours for custom blends and gradients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApply over primed supports like wood panel or Claybord designed for encaustic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse heat-resistant tools and test compatibility before adding delicate materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes R\u0026amp;F encaustic cakes different from other encaustic paints?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F emphasizes traditional paintmaking: 100% USP beeswax, Singapore-grade damar and heavy pigment loads. These cakes are milled and filtered without chemical thinners, yielding consistent performance and archival-grade components useful for professional and studio practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandcrafted in the USA using pharmaceutical-grade beeswax and high-quality damar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh pigment concentration for strong, reliable colour payoff.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFiltered and prepared without solvents for safer, purer handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvailable in 93 colours and multiple sizes for economical palette building.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: The R\u0026amp;F Encaustic 40ml Cake in Veronese Green is suited to encaustic painters, mixed-media artists and educators seeking a compact, intensely pigmented colour for layering, texture and fused effects. It works for studio practitioners who need archival-quality materials and for hobbyists exploring encaustic techniques, provided they follow safe heating and ventilation practices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use solvents with this encaustic cake?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. R\u0026amp;F encaustic cakes are formulated for use with heat only; avoid solvents to preserve paint stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What surfaces work best for encaustic with this cake?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Use rigid, primed supports like wood panel or Claybord designed for encaustic painting for best adhesion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254548873553,"sku":"B006GK6KAC","price":35.46,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-and-f-veronese-green-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791679769"},{"product_id":"r-f-pigment-stick-color-set-19ml-3-handmade-linseed-oil-beeswax-sticks-rich-pigment-and-soft-blendable-texture","title":"R\u0026F Pigment Stick Colour Set 19ml — 3 handmade linseed-oil \u0026 beeswax sticks, rich pigment and soft, blendable texture","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 19ml Colour Set is a trio of handcrafted linseed-oil and wax oil sticks that let you draw, layer, and blend richly pigmented oil colour directly onto surfaces without brushes or solvents.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese half-sized 19ml pigment sticks are made in small batches from natural beeswax, plant wax, linseed oil, and pure pigments. The formula creates a soft, lipstick-like consistency that travels well, responds to gesture, and preserves the character of traditional oil paint without industrial extenders or additives. Because each stick is carefully milled and moulded by hand, you get intense colour, tactile control, and archival materials suitable for studio work, plein air sketches, mixed-media pieces, and finished paintings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these oil sticks behave compared with tube oil paint?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sticks behave like concentrated oil paint you can apply directly with your hand, a palette knife, or a cloth. They dry and age as traditional oil paint would because they are based on linseed oil and pure pigments, but their wax content gives them a firmer, more controllable surface right out of the package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect application — no brush or palette required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThicker impasto marks possible without extra mediums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWax inclusion offers tactile control and reduced dripping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for layering, scumbling, and sgraffito techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat surfaces and techniques work best with these 19ml sticks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse them on primed canvas, specially prepared panels, paper designed for oil, board, or mixed-media grounds. They are excellent for mark-making, sketching, underpainting, and finishing details; you can also blend and soften strokes with solvents or oily mediums if desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrimed cotton or linen canvas for traditional oil painting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOil-primed paper and panels for sketches and studies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine with brushwork, palette knives, or solvent for varied effects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLayer confidently — adhesion is good when standard oil painting rules are followed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow pigmented and manipulable are these sticks for professional work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F balances pigment, linseed oil, and wax so the sticks are intensely pigmented yet remain soft enough for fine gestures and broad passages. The absence of fillers or plasticizers means colour strength and permanence are prioritized, and the sticks can be blended, smudged, or carved back into while in the workable phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh pigment load delivers strong, saturated colour payoff.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, lipstick-like texture for expressive marks and subtle transitions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandmade milling ensures consistent handling across sticks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood for mixed-media when combined with compatible oil layers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat care and safety should I follow when using these oil sticks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandle like traditional oil paint: avoid ingestion, ventilate your workspace, and store sticks capped and away from direct heat. Clean tools and hands with appropriate solvents or soap and avoid disposing of oily rags loosely to prevent spontaneous combustion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place with caps on to preserve texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse gloves or wipes to keep pigments off skin when desired.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDispose of oil-soaked materials safely and in accordance with local guidelines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow standard oil-painting studio safety and ventilation practices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: The R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 19ml Colour Set suits painters, illustrators, and mixed-media artists who want compact, highly pigmented oil colour for travel, sketching, or studio practice. It’s ideal for creators who value traditional materials and handcrafted quality but want the immediacy and mark-making freedom that stick format offers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these pigment sticks made from traditional oil materials?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. They use linseed oil, beeswax and plant wax, and pure pigments without industrial extenders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use these sticks directly on canvas without a brush?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. They are formulated for direct application, allowing drawing and painting without brushes or palettes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254622830929,"sku":"B00KLIXGCU","price":34.96,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-and-f-pigment-stick-front-packaging_e1aa9a9a-81c8-4dab-b158-51741409d3c1.jpg?v=1791682161"},{"product_id":"r-f-encaustic-paint-40ml-paynes-grey-handcrafted-beeswax-cake-high-pigment","title":"R\u0026F Encaustic Paint 40ml Payne's Grey — Handcrafted Beeswax Cake, High Pigment","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Encaustic 40ml Payne's Grey is a ready-to-use, handcrafted beeswax paint cake in a deep cool grey, formulated for encaustic painting and mixed-media work.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA using pharmaceutical-grade beeswax, damar resin, and a heavy pigment load, this 40ml cake gives artists a concentrated, archival-quality Payne's Grey in a compact size. The paint arrives solid and usable straight from the package, melting smoothly for layering, mark-making, and mixed-media techniques. Its small format is economical for building a palette of colours without committing to larger tubes or cakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this Payne's Grey perform when heated for encaustic techniques?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen warmed to encaustic working temperature (under 200°F), the cake melts to a creamy, workable medium that holds brushstrokes and scrapes well. It blends cleanly with other encaustic colours and responds to fusing with a uniform sheen. Avoid overheating and use proper ventilation to ensure safe working conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmooth, creamy melt at typical encaustic temperatures\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaintains brush and tool marks when cooled\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMixes readily with other R\u0026amp;F encaustic colours\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not heat above 200°F; ventilate workspace\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes R\u0026amp;F's ready-to-use encaustics different from other paints?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F mills its encaustic paint from pure USP beeswax and Singapore-grade damar resin with a high pigment concentration, yielding a dense, archival colour. The ready-to-use cakes remove the need for on-site mixing of wax, damar, and pigment, saving setup time and reducing mess. Each cake is hand-poured and cured, ensuring consistent texture and performance batch to batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePharmaceutical-grade beeswax for purity and stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh pigment load for strong colour payoff\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-use cakes eliminate complex preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandmade in the USA for quality control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use and care for a 40ml encaustic cake safely?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a heated palette, encaustic iron, or palette knife to melt small amounts of the cake; fuse layers with a torch or heat tool as needed. Work in a well-ventilated area and never exceed 200°F to avoid scorching the wax. Solvents are not recommended; clean tools mechanically or with warm water and gentle detergents after cooling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat only to encaustic temperatures, below 200°F\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWork in a ventilated space and avoid solvents\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean tools without solvents; scrape or use warm water\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore cakes sealed away from direct heat and light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much paint does a 40ml cake provide for my projects?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 40ml cake is small but highly pigmented, ideal for studies, mixed-media accents, or testing colour mixes before committing to larger sizes. Because encaustic is typically applied in thin layers, a single 40ml cake can cover many small panels or provide accent colour across larger works depending on layering. It’s a cost-effective way to add Payne's Grey to a broader palette.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact size suits studies, accents, and palettes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh pigment concentration stretches coverage efficiently\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood for experimenting without buying larger cakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvailable in larger 104ml and 333ml cakes if needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Artists working with encaustic or mixed-media who want a reliable, richly pigmented Payne's Grey in a manageable, ready-to-use format. It suits painters building a versatile palette, educators teaching encaustic basics, and makers seeking a durable, archival wax colour made from pure ingredients with craft-level quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I mix this Payne's Grey with other encaustic colours?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. It blends smoothly with other R\u0026amp;F encaustic cakes when warmed, allowing custom greys and muted tones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is it safe to use solvents with this encaustic paint?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. Avoid solvents with encaustic paint; work with heat and mechanical cleaning instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254648914257,"sku":"B003IX8UJY","price":35.64,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/rf-encaustic-paynes-grey-front-view.jpg?v=1791682984"},{"product_id":"r-f-pigment-stick-oil-paint-stick-38ml-graphite-pure-linseed-oil-wax-for-drawing-and-blending","title":"R\u0026F Pigment Stick oil paint stick 38ml — Graphite, pure linseed oil \u0026 wax for drawing and blending","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Graphite is a handmade oil paint stick that lets you draw and paint directly with intensely pigmented, linseed-oil-based colour.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for painters who want the immediacy of drawing with the depth and richness of oil, this 38ml Graphite Pigment Stick combines natural waxes, pure linseed oil and high-quality pigment into a soft, lipstick-like form. Because it contains no industrial extenders or additives, it delivers a concentrated colour laydown and tactile handling that responds well to blending, scraping and mark-making.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this Pigment Stick change my studio process?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can skip brushes, palettes and solvents and work directly on canvas, paper, wood panel or primed surfaces. The stick format speeds sketch-to-finish workflows and invites improvised textures and lines that are harder to achieve with traditional tubes and brushes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDraw, shade or block in colour immediately without setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLayer, blend or scrape back with palette knives or rags\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable for plein air or travel painting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the materials and why do they matter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F formulates these sticks from beeswax and plant wax, linseed oil and pure pigment—no fillers, extenders or synthetic helpers. That minimal ingredient list yields a stable, archival feel and a concentrated chroma that retains the character of the pigment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePure linseed oil gives traditional oil handling and drying properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNatural waxes create a smooth, malleable consistency\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo industrial additives means truer pigment strength and texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Graphite as a colour perform and blend?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGraphite offers a deep neutral suitable for underpainting, tonal studies, or as a cool mid-tone in mixed palettes. It mixes cleanly with other Pigment Sticks and responds to scraping, scumbling and solvent wiping for varied effects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStrong tonal value for sketching and monochrome work\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlends and layers with other oil stick colours without muddiness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood for both drawing-like marks and broader painterly passages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I finish and care for work made with this stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the formula includes linseed oil, allow adequate drying time between layers before varnishing. You can varnish finished works once fully cured, and store unused sticks in a cool, dry place to preserve consistency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDrying time varies by layer thickness and environment—plan for days to weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean tools with a rag or mineral spirits if needed; avoid prolonged solvent exposure\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore upright and capped to prevent dust accumulation and surface skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Artists who want the directness of drawing with the colour depth of oils—illustrators, painters exploring mixed media, plein air painters and students experimenting with immediate mark-making will find the 38ml Graphite stick a compact, high-quality option. Handmade in the USA and milled in small batches, this stick is suited to creators who prioritize pigment intensity and tactile control over economy-formulated alternatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop-ranking linseed oil-based painting stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOvercome hurdles between artistic specialties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTremendous manipulation ability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntensely pigmented\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this Pigment Stick compatible with other oil paints?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. It mixes and layers with traditional oil paints and other R\u0026amp;F sticks, but allow drying between layers to avoid tackiness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long does the Graphite stick take to dry on canvas?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Drying time varies by thickness and conditions; thin layers may skin in days, thicker passages can take weeks to cure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254704652625,"sku":"B005CU5ZYO","price":33.96,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/rf-pigment-stick-front.jpg?v=1791684495"},{"product_id":"r-f-artist-oil-pigment-stick-magenta-earth-38-ml-solvent-free-handmade-oil-color","title":"R\u0026F Artist Oil Pigment Stick Magenta Earth, 38 ml — solvent-free handmade oil colour","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Artist Oil Pigment Stick in Magenta Earth is a handcrafted, solvent-free oil paint in stick form that lets you draw, layer, and blend oil colour directly onto your surface without brushes or solvents.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade in small batches in Kingston, New York, this 38 ml Pigment Stick blends traditional ingredients—linseed oil, beeswax and plant wax—with finely ground pigment to create a soft, lipstick-like oil stick. The formulation excludes industrial additives and extenders, giving you a concentrated, tactile colour that responds like oil paint but with the immediacy of a drawing tool. Magenta Earth reads as a reddish-brown with mahogany highlights that, when spread or rubbed out, yields plum and pinkish-brown nuances with semi-transparent coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is Magenta Earth different from tube oil paint?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis oil pigment stick is pre-mixed and solid, eliminating the need for palettes, mixing mediums, or turpentine. Because it’s a concentrated, additive-free formula, the colour stays true and layers cleanly without unexpected fillers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-use solid form for direct application\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo brushes, palettes, or solvents required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTraditional linseed oil and natural waxes preserve pigment purity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandmade, small-batch milled consistency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat effects and techniques can I achieve with this oil stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the stick like a crayon for bold marks, a pastel for soft gestures, or forceful pressure to push rich impasto onto the surface. It blends easily with fingers, rags, or a palette knife and mixes well with other R\u0026amp;F pigment stick colours for layered glazes or scumbled textures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect drawing and mark-making on canvas, panel, or paper\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmudging and rubbing-out for subtle transitions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLayering and scumbling for depth and translucency\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombining with other sticks for custom hues and gradients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow permanent and archival is the paint?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Sticks are created from traditional oil-paint ingredients without synthetic extenders, producing a stable, mill-made material. Drying and long-term behaviour follow normal oil-paint characteristics—allow adequate drying and curing time between thicker layers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLinseed oil binder for conventional oil drying behavior\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNatural waxes give workable consistency and surface stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandmade milling ensures even pigment distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow standard oil-paint conservation practices for best results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use and store the 38 ml stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 38 ml size is a portable option suited to sketching, studies, or travel. Keep caps or original tubes when not in use, store in a cool, dry place, and allow applied layers to dry fully before varnishing or varnish-like finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApply directly to primed canvas, board, or heavy paper\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend with fingers, cloth, or tools; clean hands afterward\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore capped at room temperature away from direct heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse thin layers for faster drying; thicker passages need longer cure times\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Artists who want the rich handling of oil paint with the speed and portability of a stick—suitable for studio painters, plein-air artists, illustrators, or anyone exploring direct, gestural oil techniques. If you prefer high-purity pigment, handmade quality, and a tactile approach to colour, the R\u0026amp;F Magenta Earth 38 ml Pigment Stick is a compact, versatile choice for both finished work and studies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I mix Magenta Earth with other oils or sticks?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. It blends readily with other R\u0026amp;F pigment sticks and can be mixed into traditional oil paint, keeping in mind standard oil painting drying rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is a solvent needed to cleanup?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No solvents are required for application; clean hands and tools with soap and warm water or use a mild solvent if desired for thorough cleanup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254704816465,"sku":"B01MR0IX1Y","price":35.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r_f-magenta-earth-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791684496"},{"product_id":"r-f-pigment-stick-oil-paint-stick-38ml-brill-yellow-x-pale-handmade-high-pigment-buttery-texture","title":"R\u0026F Pigment Stick oil paint stick 38ml — Brill Yellow X Pale, handmade high-pigment buttery texture","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Brill Yellow X Pale is a handcrafted linseed oil and wax oil-paint stick that lets you draw and paint directly on surfaces without brushes, solvents, or palettes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis compact oil paint stick combines traditional ingredients—beeswax, plant wax, linseed oil and high-quality pigment—into a soft, buttery form that behaves like a drawing tool. Each 38ml stick is made by hand in small batches in the USA and milled to a dense, intensely coloured consistency. The Brill Yellow X Pale offers a bright, warm yellow ideal for highlights, underpainting, and gestural marks when you need immediate colour with strong tinting strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Pigment Stick perform compared with tube oils?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe stick format delivers immediate, tactile application: drag, layer, scrape, or blend without setting up brushes or solvents. Because the formula is concentrated and free of industrial extenders, colour remains vivid and handling stays responsive across thin and thicker passages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect application for sketching, underpainting, and mark-making\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh pigment load for strong, lasting colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added fillers—pure linseed oil and wax binder\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFast set-up and easy cleanup compared with traditional oil tubes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat surfaces and techniques work best with Brill Yellow X Pale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse on primed canvas, archival paper, wood panels, board, and gessoed surfaces. The stick accepts layering, solvent blending, and scratching-back techniques, so it fits both painterly and graphic approaches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcellent for primed canvas and gessoed panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks on heavyweight oil paper and prepared board\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend wet with a solvent or burnish for smooth transitions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eScrape or sgraffito to reveal underlayers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and care for my 38ml pigment stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the cap on and store flat at room temperature away from direct sunlight and extreme heat. The wax‑oil binder is stable, but gentle handling prevents breakage and preserves the stick’s beveled tip for precise marks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRecap after use to avoid dust and drying\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore flat in a cool, dry place—avoid \u0026gt;80°F (27°C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf the tip crumbles, warm briefly in your hands to reshape\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse mineral spirits or a citrus solvent for surface cleaning if needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose R\u0026amp;F Pigment Sticks over other oil sticks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F focuses on traditional ingredients and handcrafting, avoiding industrial additives that dilute colour or alter working properties. That results in a pure, archival stick with predictable handling, strong pigment load, and a soft, buttery texture favored for expressive mark-making.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandmade and milled in small batches in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo extenders or synthetic fillers—clean formulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvailable in over 100 colours and multiple sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft consistency for both drawing and painting techniques\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: The 38ml Brill Yellow X Pale is designed for artists who want immediate, high-quality oil colour in a portable format—illustrators, plein-air painters, studio artists exploring mixed media, and anyone who values pure pigments and tactile mark-making. It's especially useful for artists who move between drawing and painting or who need a dependable, intensely pigmented yellow for accents and underpainting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can R\u0026amp;F Pigment Sticks be varnished after drying?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Once fully cured, you can apply an appropriate archival varnish, but allow sufficient drying time (weeks to months depending on thickness) before varnishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Brill Yellow X Pale lightfast and archival?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: R\u0026amp;F formulates pigments for permanence; check the specific colour’s lightfast rating, but Brill Yellow X Pale is produced for long-term colour stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254713270609,"sku":"B005CU5ZGM","price":32.81,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-and-f-pigment-stick-brill-yellow-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791684850"},{"product_id":"r-f-pigment-stick-for-oil-painting-azure-blue-38ml-intensely-pigmented-portable-oil-stick","title":"R\u0026F Pigment Stick for Oil Painting — Azure Blue 38ml, intensely pigmented portable oil stick","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Azure Blue is a handmade linseed-oil and wax oil paint stick that lets you draw or paint directly on surfaces with intensely pigmented, brushless application.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis compact 38ml stick delivers a lipstick-soft consistency of traditional oil paint without tubes, palettes, or solvents. Formulated from beeswax, plant wax, linseed oil, and pure pigment, the Azure Blue shade is milled and moulded by hand in small batches in the USA for consistent, vibrant colour and tactile control. The solid format encourages direct mark-making, layering, and mixed-media use while preserving the characteristics of genuine oil pigment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this pigment stick change my painting process?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stick format removes intermediary tools so you can work immediately with gesture and precision. It speeds transitions between drawing and painting while encouraging expressive, textured surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApply like a crayon or pastel but with genuine oil pigment and linseed oil binder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCreate bold strokes, fine lines, or soft smudges by varying pressure and angle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend on the support or layer after slight drying for complex surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat surfaces and techniques suit Azure Blue Pigment Stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAzure Blue performs on primed canvas, board, paper treated for oil, wood panels, and many mixed-media supports. It excels for underdrawing, direct colour passages, impasto accents, and integrating with oils or cold-wax mediums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for primed \u0026amp; oil-primed canvas, gessoed board, and oil-ready paper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse directly for sketching, blocking-in, or adding final highlights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWork wet-into-wet with other oil paints or layer for texture and depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I handle, blend, and care for this 38ml stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandle it like other oil-based drawing tools, keeping surfaces clean and capped between uses. Store upright at room temperature to protect the moulded stick and limit dust adherence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReplace cap after use to prevent surface contamination and dust pickup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse a palette knife, soft cloth, or fingertip to blend or soften edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllow adequate drying time before varnishing or applying solvent-based layers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose the 38ml size over larger tubes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 38ml is compact and portable—perfect for study, plein air, or adding controlled accents in the studio. It’s economical for experimenting with new colours while offering the same pigment quality as larger sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTravel-friendly and lightweight for sketching outside the studio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for trying unique hues without committing to larger quantities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFits comfortably in an artists’ pouch or pocket for quick studies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: The R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml Azure Blue is designed for painters, illustrators, and mixed-media artists who want direct, tactile colour application with authentic oil pigment. It's ideal for creatives who value handmade materials, crave immediate mark-making without brushes, or need a portable, intensely pigmented tool for studies, layering, and textured effects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop-ranking linseed oil-based painting stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOvercome hurdles between artistic specialties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTremendous manipulation ability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntensely pigmented\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick safe to use without solvents?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. It’s formulated from linseed oil and waxes so you can apply it solvent-free; use solvents only if desired for thinning or cleanup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I layer this over oil paint or under varnish?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: You can layer over oil paint; allow drying before varnishing. Follow standard oil-paint drying times and testing for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254716088657,"sku":"B005CU605W","price":33.96,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-and-f-pigment-stick-azure-blue-front.jpg?v=1791684944"},{"product_id":"r-f-pigment-stick-38ml-neutral-grey-light-handmade-linseed-oil-paint-stick-for-direct-drawing-layering","title":"R\u0026F Pigment Stick 38ml Neutral Grey Light, Handmade linseed-oil paint stick for direct drawing \u0026 layering","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Neutral Grey Light is a handmade, linseed-oil and wax oil paint stick that lets you draw, layer, and blend directly onto surfaces without brushes or solvents.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis compact 38ml oil paint stick combines finely ground pigment, pure linseed oil, and natural waxes (beeswax and plant wax) to create a soft, lipstick-like texture that glides across paper, canvas, wood, and primed surfaces. Manufactured in small batches in the USA, it contains no industrial additives, extenders, or solvents — delivering a richly pigmented, archival colour in a convenient, portable format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Neutral Grey Light stick perform compared with tube oil paints?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe pigment stick provides immediate mark-making and sculptural strokes that are difficult to achieve with brushes alone. While it shares the same traditional oil materials as tube paints, its solid form gives you direct control, bold texture, and rapid layering without mixing mediums or setting up palettes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect application for crisp, confident lines and broad fields of colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStrong pigmentation comparable to traditional oil paints\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuick layering and blending on the surface without solvents\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for sketching, underpainting, or finished passages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat surfaces and techniques work best with this oil stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNeutral Grey Light adapts well to paper, primed canvas, wood panels, and board. It excels when used for drawing, scumbling, scraping, or adding impasto texture; you can also soften edges with a cloth, brush, or a gentle solvent if desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse on primed or absorbent papers designed for oil work\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBuild up textured layers for impasto effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend or feather edges with a dry brush or rag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine with other R\u0026amp;F colours for glazing and tonal shifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I store and handle the 38ml pigment stick to keep it in good condition?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the stick is oil-based, store it capped at room temperature away from direct heat and sunlight to preserve consistency and colour. Re-cap after use to prevent dust and debris from sticking to the surface, and keep upright or flat in a protective case to avoid breakage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReplace cap immediately after using to keep tip clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep away from extreme heat to avoid softening or deformation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf tip becomes fragile, warm briefly in your hands before use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse palette knives or scalpels to shave for fine lines or altered shapes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes R\u0026amp;F Pigment Sticks different from other oil sticks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F emphasizes traditional, high-quality ingredients and small-batch hand production; the formula contains only pigment, linseed oil, and natural waxes, avoiding synthetic extenders and fillers. That means a purer, denser colour payoff and a tactile consistency designed for professional and studio use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo industrial additives or low-cost fillers—just pigment, oil, and wax\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandmade and milled in small batches in the USA for consistency\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvailable in over 100 colours and multiple sizes for versatility\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for both drawing and painterly techniques\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Artists who want a portable, intensely pigmented oil medium for drawing, sketching, or finished work will appreciate the 38ml Neutral Grey Light. It's ideal for painters who value traditional materials and tactile control, urban sketchers working without a full kit, and mixed-media creators seeking oil-based marks that layer and manipulate easily. If you need archival-quality colour in a direct-application format that removes the barrier of brushes and palettes, this R\u0026amp;F pigment stick is a practical, professional choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop-ranking linseed oil-based painting stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOvercome hurdles between artistic specialties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTremendous manipulation ability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntensely pigmented\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I varnish over R\u0026amp;F pigment sticks?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, once the oil film is fully cured, you can varnish with an appropriate archival varnish following manufacturer instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the Neutral Grey Light opaque or translucent?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Neutral Grey Light is semi-opaque, offering solid coverage while allowing subtle layering for tonal variation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254716121425,"sku":"B005CU5Z9Y","price":32.83,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/rf-pigment-stick-neutral-grey-light-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791684944"},{"product_id":"r-f-pigment-stick-oil-paint-stick-chrome-oxide-38ml-handmade-portable-richly-pigmented","title":"R\u0026F Pigment Stick oil paint stick — Chrome Oxide 38ml, handmade portable, richly pigmented","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Chrome Oxide is a handmade oil paint stick that lets you draw and paint directly with richly pigmented, waxy linseed-oil colour—no brushes, palettes, tubes, or solvents required.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese pigment sticks combine traditional materials—beeswax, plant wax, linseed oil—and high-quality pigment to produce a soft, lipstick-like consistency that can be applied like a crayon, drawn into like a pencil, or smeared and blended like buttery oil paint. Handmade in small batches in the USA, the 38ml size is a portable, studio-friendly format ideal for sketching, underpainting, mark-making, and finishing touches. Chrome Oxide offers a deep, earthy green suited for landscapes, mixed-media accents, and tonal work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick work compared with tube oil paint?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInstead of squeezing paint from a tube, you apply the Pigment Stick directly to your surface. The wax and oil binder hold pigment in a solid form that responds to pressure, scraping, and solvent blending, giving immediate marks without setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDraw fine lines or broad strokes directly with the stick tip\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend on the surface with a finger, cloth, palette knife, or mild solvent\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo brushes, palettes, or mixing required to begin working\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the material qualities and handling tips for Chrome Oxide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChrome Oxide is intensely pigmented and mixed into a linseed-oil and wax base that creates a semi-firm, creamy stick. It holds texture well, resists crumbling, and can be layered for opacity or thinned for glaze-like effects with appropriate solvents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApply heavier for opaque coverage, or smear and thin for translucent layers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse a palette knife to shave thin amounts for washes or impasto details\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllow thicker applications to cure; store capped in a cool place to preserve texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich surfaces and techniques suit the 38ml Pigment Stick best?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe stick performs on primed canvases, paper, wood, and many primed panels. It excels in quick studies, mixed-media work, urban sketching, and expressive mark-making where immediacy and texture are desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse on gesso-primed paper or canvas for best adhesion\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine with acrylic or oil layers after compatible drying times\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix marks with solvent or varnish for washes and glazes when needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Artists who value direct mark-making, portable supplies, and the tactile control of an oil medium without the setup of brushes and palettes will appreciate the 38ml R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick in Chrome Oxide. It’s well suited to plein-air painters, illustrators, mixed-media artists, and anyone exploring oil techniques in sketchbook or studio who wants a high-pigment, handmade option made from traditional materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop-ranking linseed oil–based painting stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBridges drawing and painting techniques\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh manipulation and blending ability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntensely pigmented Chrome Oxide green\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandmade in the USA, small-batch production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I thin or blend the Pigment Stick with solvents?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. You can thin or blend marks with mild solvents for glaze effects, but allow thicker applications to cure and use solvents sparingly for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the 38ml size suitable for travel and plein air sketching?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Absolutely. The 38ml stick is compact, portable, and ready to use without brushes or palettes, ideal for on-location work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254716154193,"sku":"B005CU5ZX0","price":33.96,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/rf-pigment-stick-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791684940"},{"product_id":"r-f-pigment-stick-cerulean-extra-pale-38ml-oil-and-wax-paint-stick-for-drawing-blending","title":"R\u0026F Pigment Stick Cerulean Extra Pale 38ml Oil-and-Wax Paint Stick for Drawing \u0026 Blending","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Cerulean Extra Pale is a hand‑made linseed oil and wax paint stick that lets you draw, layer, and blend richly pigmented oil colour directly onto surfaces without brushes or solvents.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Sticks combine traditional fine‑art materials—beeswax, plant wax and linseed oil—with high‑quality pigment to create a soft, lipstick‑like oil stick. The 38ml size is a portable, studio‑friendly format that preserves the brand’s small‑batch manufacturing and intense colour load. Cerulean Extra Pale offers a cool, light blue suited to skies, glazing, and highlights where subtle opacity and mixing stability matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this pigment stick differ from tube oil paint or crayons?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pigment Stick applies like a crayon but performs closer to oil paint: it lays down pigmented oil and wax rather than wax alone, so you can blend, scrape, and layer wet into wet or over dried passages. Unlike industrial sticks with extenders, R\u0026amp;F uses only natural waxes and linseed oil for pure pigment expression and archival handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDelivers oil‑based pigmentation for richer, more permanent colour than conventional crayons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo additives or extenders: concentrated pigment and traditional binding oils.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable 38ml tube for on‑the‑go sketching or studio detail work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, lipstick‑like consistency for smooth application and predictable blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat techniques can I use with Cerulean Extra Pale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis Cerulean Extra Pale stick is versatile for gesture drawing, underpainting, scumbling, and glazing when combined with compatible mediums. It also responds well to mark‑making tools—palette knives, rags, or brushes used for manipulation—so you can move colour around without tubes or solvents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect drawing and gestural marks on primed canvas, paper, or board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLayering and scumbling: create translucent veils or opaque passages depending on pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSgraffito and scraping: carve back into wet or semi‑dried layers for texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix on the surface with other R\u0026amp;F sticks or oil paints for nuanced hues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I care for and store my 38ml pigment stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the formula is made from natural waxes and linseed oil, keep the stick capped and stored at moderate temperatures to preserve consistency and longevity. Clean edges with a cloth if pigment builds up on the tube lip, and allow layers to dry thoroughly between heavy applications to avoid long tacky times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReplace cap after use to prevent surface skinning and dust pickup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore away from direct heat and freezing conditions to maintain texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllow thicker layers to cure fully—drying times vary with thickness and environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse protective gloves or barrier cream to manage linseed oil contact if desired.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat surfaces work best with this oil stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Sticks perform best on absorbent or primed surfaces that accept oil and wax binders. Primed canvas, oil‑primed paper, gessoed board, and prepared panels give reliable adhesion; unprimed paper may buckle unless heavy or specially treated for oils.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrimed canvas and panels for long‑term stability and standard oil support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOil‑primed or acrylic‑primed paper for sketching and studies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGessoed boards and mixed‑media surfaces for texture and tooth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid untreated thin paper unless sized for oil use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Artists who want spontaneous, oil‑based mark making without brushes or solvents—illustrators, plein air painters, mixed‑media creators, and studio artists seeking a richly pigmented, hand‑made tool for direct application. The 38ml Cerulean Extra Pale is ideal for anyone needing a cool, subtle blue in a portable, archival stick form made in the USA by R\u0026amp;F.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop‑ranking linseed oil‑based painting stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOvercome hurdles between artistic specialties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTremendous manipulation ability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntensely pigmented\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I blend R\u0026amp;F Pigment Sticks with solvent or oil?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, you can blend them with linseed oil or compatible oil mediums; avoid strong solvents for surface manipulation and test on scrap first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long does the 38ml stick take to dry?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Drying depends on layer thickness and environment; thin marks cure in days, thick applications can take weeks to months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254720938321,"sku":"B005CU60RK","price":35.69,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-and-f-pigment-stick-cerulean-extra-pale-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791685060"},{"product_id":"r-f-pigment-stick-oil-paint-stick-38ml-sepia-buttery-high-pigment-travel-friendly","title":"R\u0026F Pigment Stick oil paint stick 38ml Sepia — buttery, high-pigment, travel-friendly","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Sepia is a handmade linseed-oil and wax oil paint stick that lets you draw, layer, and blend rich sepia colour directly onto surfaces without brushes or solvents.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis compact 38ml Pigment Stick from R\u0026amp;F combines traditional oil painting ingredients—beeswax, plant wax, linseed oil—and high-quality pigment to create a buttery, lipstick-soft stick of paint. Because the formula avoids industrial extenders and additives, the result is a densely pigmented, tactile medium that behaves like oil paint but in a convenient, portable form. Each stick is milled and moulded by hand in the USA and designed for artists who want the immediacy of drawing with the chromatic depth of oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Sepia Pigment Stick behave on different surfaces?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Sepia stick lays down smoothly on paper, primed canvas, wood, and board, offering strong adhesion and rich colour payoff. It can be used to sketch, build opaque layers, or scrape back for texture. Expect a slightly satiny finish once the linseed oil cures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDraws clean lines on heavyweight paper and prepared surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBuilds into opaque layers on gessoed canvas or panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eScrapes and blends for textured effects without solvents\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for mixed media when used with acrylic underpaintings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat can I do to blend, manipulate, or thin the paint?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the stick is wax- and oil-based, it accepts blending with fingers, cloth, or a palette knife; you can also use brushes with solvent or oil to soften edges. It’s intentionally free of additives, so physical manipulation—rubbing, scumbling, incising—gives predictable results. For extended working time, work on a non-absorbent surface or add small amounts of artist-grade linseed oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend with finger or soft cloth for smooth transitions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse a palette knife to smear and create impasto marks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApply artist linseed oil sparingly to extend open time\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSolvent-wipe techniques work for thinning or glazing effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose the 38ml Sepia size and pigment formulation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 38ml size is compact and portable—ideal for sketching, plein air work, or testing colour palettes—while still offering enough paint for multiple studies. Sepia is a warm brown that reads well in value studies, underpaintings, and finished pieces where earthy neutrals are needed. R\u0026amp;F’s formulation prioritizes pigment concentration and archival materials over cost-cutting fillers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e38ml: travel- and studio-friendly capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh pigment load for strong coverage and mixing power\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWarm sepia tone suitable for tonal work and colour harmonies\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandmade, small-batch consistency and quality control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and care for my Pigment Stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the stick capped or wrapped and stored at moderate room temperature away from direct heat to preserve its consistency. If surface bloom or dust collects, a gentle wipe with a soft cloth restores the working surface. Curing is gradual due to linseed oil; allow painted work to dry flat in a dust-free area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore capped in a cool, dry place away from sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWipe gently to remove dust before use; avoid solvents on the stick itself\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllow painted layers to cure on a flat surface for best results\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well with varnish or protective layers once fully cured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Artists who want the directness of drawing combined with the depth of oil paint—whether you’re a plein air painter, an illustrator exploring tonal studies, or a mixed-media artist seeking a richly pigmented brown that layers, blends, and textures without brushes or palettes. If you value handmade materials, high pigment strength, and a portable format, the R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Sepia is designed for your practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop-ranking linseed oil-based painting stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOvercome hurdles between artistic specialties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTremendous manipulation ability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntensely pigmented\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use the Sepia Pigment Stick with brushes and solvents?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The stick can be softened with linseed oil or solvent on the painted surface and worked with brushes for blended effects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the 38ml size suitable for plein air sketching?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Absolutely. The 38ml format is compact and portable, ideal for quick studies and outdoor work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254740435281,"sku":"B005CU608O","price":33.96,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-and-f-pigment-stick-sepia-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791685571"},{"product_id":"r-f-pigment-stick-oil-paint-mars-red-38ml-handmade-high-pigment-portable-stick","title":"R\u0026F Pigment Stick Oil Paint — Mars Red 38ml, Handmade High-Pigment Portable Stick","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Mars Red is a hand‑made oil paint stick that lets you draw and paint directly onto surfaces with a buttery, pigment‑rich glide.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade in small batches in the USA, this compact 38ml stick combines pure pigments, linseed oil and natural waxes so artists can skip brushes, palettes and solvents. The formula yields a soft, lipstick‑like consistency that lays down intense colour, blends smoothly, and can be manipulated with tools or fingers for diverse effects. Mars Red is a classic earthy red that performs well in sketching, underpainting, expressive mark‑making and mixed‑media work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this paint stick perform compared with tube oil paints?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stick delivers the same high‑pigment colour power as conventional oil paint but in an immediately usable solid form. You apply colour directly without having to squeeze, mix or dilute, yet the linseed oil base retains oil paint characteristics like richness and blendability. Drying is typical of oil systems—skin forms on the surface first—so finishes can be altered with varnish or medium once fully cured.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady to use—no palette or solvent needed for basic application\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh pigment load for saturated, durable colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBehaves like oil paint when blended or layered\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandmade with traditional materials—no industrial additives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat techniques work best with a 38ml pigment stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 38ml size is portable and excellent for studies, plein air sketches, quick underpaintings, and adding bold marks to mixed‑media pieces. Use it straight from the stick for dense lines, soften edges with a brush or finger, scrape for texture, or dissolve small areas with appropriate oil mediums if you want thinner glazes. It’s also ideal for intuitive mark‑making and combining with pastel, charcoal, or collage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect drawing: crisp lines and sweeping gestures\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlending: smooth transitions with fingers or brushes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTexture: carve, scrape, or layer for impasto effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMixed media: pairs well with dry and wet materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do you care for and store the pigment stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the cap on between sessions and store horizontally in a cool, dry place to preserve texture and prevent deformation. Clean any metal or plastic packaging rim to avoid cross‑colour contamination. Since the sticks contain natural oils and waxes, avoid extreme heat and prolonged sunlight to maintain consistency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRecap after use to prevent dust and drying\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore out of direct sunlight and heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse a palette knife or cloth to remove excess from packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor long work, layer thinly or combine with oil mediums as needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Artists who want the expressive qualities of oil paint with the immediacy of a drawing tool will appreciate the R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Mars Red. It suits painters, illustrators, mixed‑media artists and students seeking a portable, low‑setup option that still provides richly pigmented, archival colour. Because the formula is handmade from linseed oil and natural wax, it appeals to creatives who prioritize traditional materials and tactile control in their work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop‑ranking linseed oil‑based painting stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOvercome hurdles between artistic specialties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTremendous manipulation ability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntensely pigmented\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I blend R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick with brushes or solvents?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. You can blend with fingers, brushes, or add small amounts of oil mediums; avoid harsh solvents for surface blending.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Mars Red available in other sizes?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. R\u0026amp;F Pigment Sticks come in 38ml, 100ml, and 188ml sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254740599121,"sku":"B005CU5Z44","price":34.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/rf-pigment-stick-mars-red-front-view.jpg?v=1791685571"},{"product_id":"r-f-professional-oil-pigment-stick-burnt-sienna-38-ml-blendable-brush-free-oil-color","title":"R\u0026F Professional Oil Pigment Stick — Burnt Sienna 38 ml, Blendable Brush-Free Oil Colour","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn intensely blendable, brush-free oil pigment stick: R\u0026amp;F Handmade Paints Burnt Sienna, 38 ml, delivers rich, buttery oil colour in a travel-ready solid format.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Sticks translate traditional oil painting materials—linseed oil, pure pigment, beeswax and plant wax—into a convenient solid medium you can draw, layer, and blend directly onto canvas, paper, board, or primed surfaces. Every stick is hand-mixed and cold-milled in small batches in the USA, avoiding industrial fillers and extenders so you get a concentrated, archival tone. This Burnt Sienna shade sits in the warm red-brown family and behaves like a classic oil colour with the immediacy of a drawing tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this pigment stick change my painting process?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInstead of squeezing tubes, loading brushes, and setting up palettes, you apply colour directly from the stick for fast mark-making, bold strokes, and textural layering. The formula supports both gestural drawing and thick, buttery passages that can be scumbled, scraped, or blended with minimal tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect application—draw, shade, or paint without brushes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBuildable opacity—works from transparent glazes to dense impasto.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTextural possibilities—scrape, blend, or lift for varied surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat surfaces and techniques suit Burnt Sienna pigment stick best?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse it on primed canvas, heavyweight paper, gessoed panels, wood, and mixed-media supports. It integrates well with other oil materials and cold-media like charcoal; you can layer it over acrylic underpainting once the acrylic is fully dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrimed canvas and panels for archival oil work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeavyweight paper and boards for sketches and studies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine with solvents or mediums cautiously for specific effects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I blend, fix, and preserve marks made with this oil stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBlend with a finger, a soft cloth, or a dry brush for feathered transitions; for smoother dissolves use a small amount of appropriate solvent or oil medium if desired. Allow layers to dry slowly like traditional oils; consider varnishing after full cure for protection and to unify surface sheen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend with cloth, brush, or finger for immediate softening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse a little linseed oil or solvent for smoother glazing effects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVarnish only after full drying to protect finished work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes R\u0026amp;F’s 38 ml size a useful choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe 38 ml format balances portability with enough colour for studies, plein air work, and detail work in larger paintings. It’s easy to carry, store, and replace, and the concentration of pigment means a small amount goes a long way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTravel-friendly for sketching and outdoor painting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact option for experimenting without committing to larger tubes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCost-effective for trying new hues from R\u0026amp;F’s wide palette.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Artists who want the look and permanence of oil pigment with the immediacy of a drawing tool will appreciate this Burnt Sienna pigment stick. It suits professional painters, illustrators, plein-air sketchers, and mixed-media artists seeking high-pigment, handmade oil colour without industrial additives. If you value tactile control, portable materials, and richly pigmented, archival colour, this R\u0026amp;F 38 ml stick is designed for your practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use R\u0026amp;F pigment sticks on paper?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—use heavyweight, oil- or gesso-primed paper to prevent buckling and allow proper adhesion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these sticks solvent-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The formula uses linseed oil and natural waxes; solvents are optional for blending but not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254776414545,"sku":"B005CU5YPE","price":28.69,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-and-f-burnt-sienna-front-38ml.jpg?v=1791686472"},{"product_id":"r-f-pigment-stick-malachite-green-38ml-oil-and-wax-paint-stick-highly-pigmented-for-drawing-and-layering","title":"R\u0026F Pigment Stick — Malachite Green 38ml oil-and-wax paint stick, highly pigmented for drawing and layering","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Malachite Green is a handmade, linseed-oil and wax oil paint stick that lets you draw, layer, and blend rich, intensely pigmented colour directly onto surfaces without brushes or solvents.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade in small batches in the USA, this 38ml tube combines finely milled pigment with natural beeswax, plant wax, and linseed oil to deliver a soft, lipstick-like consistency. The format gives painters immediate, tactile control: apply mark-making, broad strokes, or refined edges on paper, panel, canvas, or mixed-media grounds. Because R\u0026amp;F avoids industrial extenders and fillers, the colour stays concentrated and the handling remains consistent for professional and experimental work alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this paint stick perform compared with traditional tubes of oil paint?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pigment Stick behaves like oil paint but in solid form, allowing you to drag, scrape, and layer without brushes or solvents. Drying and blending depend on oil content and substrate, but it supports multiple techniques from direct drawing to impasto-like passages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApply straight from the tube for dense, saturated marks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend with a knife or soft rag for softened transitions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLayer thin strokes over cured layers for texture without dilution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich surfaces and techniques work best with Malachite Green?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMalachite Green is versatile on absorbent papers, primed canvas, board, and prepared panels. Use it for sketching, underpainting, accents, glazing when mixed with appropriate medium, or as an independent, standalone colour for bold compositions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse on heavyweight watercolour or mixed-media paper for direct drawing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLay down wide colour fields on gessoed canvas to maintain vibrancy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine with other oil sticks or traditional oils for mixed techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I handle, store, and mix the 38ml Pigment Stick safely?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the stick contains linseed oil and natural waxes, keep the cap secure between uses to prevent dust and skin oils from contaminating the surface. Store in a cool, dry place away from direct heat; the formula is stable but can soften at high temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRecap after each use to preserve texture and prevent drying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf softened, chill briefly to firm the stick for controlled marks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine on a palette or scrape into a panel for palette-knife mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat distinguishing qualities does R\u0026amp;F’s formulation provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F emphasizes traditional raw materials and handcrafting. The absence of industrial additives means a purer pigment load and a tactile, responsive feel when drawing and painting directly with the stick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh pigment concentration delivers saturated, lightfast colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNatural waxes and linseed oil yield a smooth, creamy application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandmade small-batch production ensures consistent milling and texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Artists who want the immediacy of drawing combined with the depth of oil colour will appreciate the R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Malachite Green. Ideal for plein-air sketching, experimental mixed-media, illustrators adding rich tonal layers, and painters seeking a solvent-free, portable option. If you value concentrated pigment, tactile control, and a handmade, traditional formulation, this stick offers a compact, flexible way to integrate oil colour directly into your process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop-ranking linseed oil-based painting stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOvercome hurdles between artistic specialties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTremendous manipulation ability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntensely pigmented\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I mix this stick with traditional oil paint?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Scrape or soften the stick and mix with oil paint on a palette; allow compatible drying times when layering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this safe to use without solvents?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The stick is formulated for direct application and can be used solvent-free, though solvents are optional for thinning or cleanup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254776545617,"sku":"B0076HXGOM","price":33.74,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/rf-pigment-stick-malachite-green-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791686471"},{"product_id":"r-f-pigment-stick-oil-paint-38ml-phthalo-green-pale-hand-made-wax-based-high-pigment","title":"R\u0026F Pigment Stick oil paint 38ml — Phthalo Green Pale, hand-made wax-based high-pigment","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Phthalo Green Pale is a hand-crafted oil paint stick that lets you draw or paint directly onto surfaces with richly pigmented, wax‑based colour.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis compact 38 ml pigment stick combines traditional materials—beeswax, plant wax, linseed oil and pure pigment—to create a soft, lipstick-like oil medium that requires no brushes, palettes, tubes or solvents. Handmade in small batches in the USA, the formula avoids industrial extenders and additives so you get an intensely pigmented, easily manipulated colour that blends, layers and marks like an oil stick should.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this pigment stick change my painting process?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the stick as a drawing tool and paint in one motion: draw thin lines, lay down broad strokes, or apply impasto-like marks without transferring paint from a brush. The tactile format reduces setup and cleanup time while encouraging direct, expressive work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDraw, scribble, or apply broad swaths of colour directly to canvas or paper\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend on the surface with fingers, palette knives, or rags for varied textures\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo solvents or brush cleaning required—ideal for fast studies and plein air\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the ingredients and how do they affect performance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F uses only natural beeswax and plant wax combined with high‑quality linseed oil and finely milled pigment. This simple, traditional recipe yields a smooth, pliable stick that maintains colour intensity and dries to a stable finish appropriate for oil stick techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBeeswax and plant wax provide a creamy, workable consistency\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLinseed oil binds pigment for classic oil handling and drying characteristics\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePure pigments give strong, lasting colour without fillers or substitutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use and care for the 38 ml Phthalo Green Pale stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 38 ml size is portable and suited to sketching, mixed-media work, and detail areas where control matters. Store upright or capped, keep away from extreme heat, and allow layers to cure thoroughly between applications for best archival behavior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApply directly to primed canvas, board, paper, or board supports\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend wet-on-wet or scumble over dry layers; allow adequate drying time\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCap or wrap when not in use and store at room temperature away from direct sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy pick Phthalo Green Pale for my palette?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePhthalo Green Pale is a cool, transparent green that mixes cleanly with other pigments and holds strong chroma even at thin applications. It’s useful for glazing, aquatic and foliage tones, and for creating vivid mid-to-dark greens when combined with complementary colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh chroma and transparency make it excellent for glazes and layers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePairs well with yellows, blues, and earth tones for natural greens\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent pigment strength across thin lines and heavier passages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Artists who want an immediate, brushless oil medium—illustrators, plein‑air painters, mixed‑media artists, and studio painters who value portable, handmade materials. The 38 ml size is especially good for travel, sketchbooks, and detail work where control and colour purity matter. If you prefer traditional paint handling but with direct application and minimal setup, this Phthalo Green Pale pigment stick offers a reliable, archival option handcrafted in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop-ranking linseed oil-based painting stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOvercome hurdles between artistic specialties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTremendous manipulation ability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntensely pigmented\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this safe to use without solvents?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The stick is formulated for direct application and can be blended without solvents; use gloves if you wish to avoid skin contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long does a 38 ml stick take to dry?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Drying times vary by layer thickness; thin marks may surface-dry in days, thicker passages can take weeks to fully cure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254788637009,"sku":"B01N1WV5MB","price":32.83,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/randf-phthalo-green-pale-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791687017"},{"product_id":"r-f-pigment-stick-oil-paint-38ml-intense-carbon-black-handmade-highly-pigmented-blendable","title":"R\u0026F Pigment Stick oil paint 38ml Intense Carbon Black — handmade, highly pigmented, blendable","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Intense Carbon Black is a handmade oil paint stick that lets artists draw and paint directly with richly pigmented, wax-and-linseed-oil formula — no brushes, palettes, or solvents required.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade in small batches in the USA, this 38ml Pigment Stick combines beeswax, plant wax, pure linseed oil, and concentrated carbon black pigment to produce a lipstick-soft solid that lays down dense, velvety black strokes. Because R\u0026amp;F avoids industrial extenders and additives, the result is a robust, archival-feeling mark with tactile handling and excellent blending potential for mixed-media, studio, and plein-air work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will the Intense Carbon Black perform when I draw or paint directly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 38ml Intense Carbon Black delivers immediate, saturated marks with a creamy glide that responds to pressure and angle. You can produce fine lines, heavy impasto, or broad sweeps simply by changing your wrist motion and how much of the stick you expose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduces dense, matte to slightly satin black coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, lipstick-like consistency for smooth application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports both gestural sketching and layered painting techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I blend, layer, or mix this oil stick with other media?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the linseed oil base makes the pigment stick blendable on the surface and compatible with many traditional oil techniques. It mixes well with other R\u0026amp;F Pigment Sticks and can be fused with oil paints, solvent-free mediums, or textured grounds for varied effects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSurface blending: smear or soften edges with a finger, cloth, or palette knife.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLayering: apply subsequent layers after light surface curing; avoid heavy wet-over-wet to prevent adhesion issues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMixing: combine with oil paints or other pigment sticks for custom tones and textures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes R\u0026amp;F Pigment Sticks different from conventional oil paints or art sticks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F formulates pigment sticks using only traditional fine art materials—natural waxes, linseed oil, and pigment—without industrial fillers or plasticizers. Every stick is milled and hand-molded in small batches, emphasizing pigment strength and tactile control rather than manufacturing shortcuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added extenders or synthetic facilitators—higher pigment purity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandmade in the USA with careful milling for consistent texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvailable in over 100 colours and multiple sizes, including this 38ml travel-friendly option.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and care for my 38ml Intense Carbon Black Pigment Stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the stick capped or wrapped at room temperature away from direct sunlight to preserve consistency and colour. Clean any dried buildup from the exposed tip before re-capping, and use a protective varnish or fixative if you need increased surface durability after the paint has fully cured.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep capped or wrapped to prevent dust and drying at the tip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore at stable room temperatures; avoid heat that softens wax excessively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllow adequate curing time before varnishing or heavy handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Artists who prefer direct, tactile mark-making—illustrators, mixed-media painters, urban sketchers, and studio artists seeking an intensely pigmented, solvent-free oil stick will find the R\u0026amp;F 38ml Intense Carbon Black particularly useful. Its compact size makes it ideal for travel or for adding concentrated black to larger palettes without committing to a full tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop-ranking linseed oil-based painting stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOvercome hurdles between artistic specialties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTremendous manipulation ability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntensely pigmented\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml safe to use without solvents?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The stick is formulated with linseed oil and natural waxes so you can draw and blend without solvents; ventilate the workspace for comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I varnish works made with this pigment stick?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: You can varnish after the paint has sufficiently cured; follow varnish manufacturer guidance and allow extended drying time for oil-wax surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254788800849,"sku":"B005CU5Z3U","price":32.83,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-and-f-pigment-stick-38ml-intense-carbon-black-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791687015"},{"product_id":"r-f-pigment-stick-burnt-umber-38ml-linseed-oil-beeswax-oil-paint-stick-portable-solvent-free-color","title":"R\u0026F Pigment Stick Burnt Umber 38ml — linseed oil \u0026 beeswax oil paint stick, portable solvent-free colour","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Burnt Umber is a handcrafted linseed oil and wax oil-stick that lets you draw, layer, and paint directly without brushes, palettes, or solvents.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade in small batches in the USA, this 38ml oil paint stick blends finely milled pigment with natural beeswax, plant wax, and linseed oil to produce a soft, lipstick-like consistency. Because it contains no industrial extenders or additives, the Burnt Umber delivers vivid, stable colour and tactile handling that responds to drawing, smudging, scraping, and solvent-free layering. The compact 38ml format is ideal for studio experiments, travel sketching, or adding rich underpainting and accents to larger works.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Burnt Umber Pigment Stick behave when applied directly to a surface?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stick lays down dense, buttery colour that adheres to paper, panel, canvas, and many primed surfaces. Its linseed-oil base provides natural transparency when scraped or blended and holds impasto strokes when pushed on thickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, lipstick-like feel for controlled mark-making\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBuilds opaque and translucent layers without additives\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks on paper, canvas, wood panel, and primed surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAccepts scraping, scumbling, and solvent-free blending\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat techniques can I use with this oil paint stick for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse it as a drawing tool for quick sketches, a painting material for underlayers, or a direct-application medium for expressive marks. Combine with palette knives, rags, brushes, or fingers to vary texture and edge quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLayer thinly for glazes or push thickly for impasto effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eScrape back with knives to reveal underlayers or create highlights\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend with cloth or a dry brush for soft transitions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine with other R\u0026amp;F Pigment Sticks or traditional oils for mixed-media pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I care for and store the 38ml Pigment Stick to preserve colour and consistency?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the stick capped or wrapped when not in use to prevent dust and surface skinning. Store at room temperature away from direct heat; the natural wax and linseed oil formulation is stable but benefits from consistent conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReplace cap or wrap in wax paper after each session\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid prolonged exposure to direct sunlight or heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf softened too much, chill briefly to regain firmer handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllow painted layers to dry and cure fully per oil paint practices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose the 38ml size of Burnt Umber over larger tubes or sticks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 38ml format is compact, portable, and economical for testing colours or carrying a curated palette outdoors. It’s well suited for sketchbooks, studies, and artists who want a convenient, easily controlled stick without committing to larger volumes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for travel, plein air, and quick studio studies\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLess waste when experimenting with new colours or techniques\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLower upfront cost while preserving the handcrafted quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFits comfortably in a pocket, pouch, or small kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: The R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Burnt Umber is aimed at painters, illustrators, mixed-media artists, and students who want an authentic oil painting experience without brushes or solvents. It suits creators exploring direct mark-making, layered textures, and portable painting solutions, as well as professionals integrating intense, stable pigment into studio work. If you value handcrafted, additive-free materials and straightforward handling for drawing and painting, this compact Burnt Umber stick offers a reliable, richly pigmented option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop-ranking linseed oil-based painting stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOvercome hurdles between artistic specialties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTremendous manipulation ability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntensely pigmented\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use the Burnt Umber Pigment Stick on unprimed paper?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: You can use it on many papers, but primed or heavier-weight paper is recommended to prevent absorption and improve pigment handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this stick solvent-free and additive-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The formula uses linseed oil and natural waxes with no industrial extenders or additives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254788866385,"sku":"B005CU5YPY","price":28.69,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-and-f-pigment-stick-burnt-umber-front-tube.jpg?v=1791687015"},{"product_id":"r-f-pigment-stick-oil-paint-38ml-kings-blue-handmade-linseed-wax-buttery-impasto","title":"R\u0026F Pigment Stick oil paint 38ml — Kings Blue, handmade linseed-wax, buttery impasto","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Kings Blue is a handmade linseed-oil and wax oil paint stick that lets you draw or paint directly onto surfaces without brushes, palettes, tubes, or solvents.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade in small batches in the USA, this 38ml pigment stick combines beeswax, plant wax, and high-quality pigment suspended in linseed oil to deliver a deeply pigmented, lipstick-soft consistency. The formula excludes industrial additives, extenders, and facilitators, so you get a purer, more responsive oil colour that holds texture and blends smoothly on canvas, paper, wood, board, and primed surfaces. Kings Blue is one of over 100 colour options available from R\u0026amp;F, each with its own tonal character and working properties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes the R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick Kings Blue different from tube oils?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike conventional tube oils, the pigment stick is a solid drawing medium that releases paint as you apply it, enabling direct mark-making and sculptural impasto without brushes or solvents. Because the formulation is free of fillers and additives, the colour intensity and handling stay close to traditional artist-grade oil pigments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePure linseed oil binder with natural waxes for a buttery texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo extenders, fillers, or industrial additives—clean pigment load\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eImmediate touch-and-draw application—no palette needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandmade, small-batch milling and moulding for consistent quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use the 38ml Kings Blue stick across different techniques and surfaces?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 38ml size is portable and manageable for sketching, underpainting, direct application, and mixed-media layering. You can draw crisp lines, lay down thick impasto, or soften strokes with a dry or lightly solvent-dampened cloth or brush for blended transitions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect drawing on primed canvas, paper, wood, and panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLayered glazing or scumbled effects after careful drying\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend or feather with a soft rag, palette knife, or brush\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine with other R\u0026amp;F colours for gradients and rich mixes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat finishing, drying, and preservation steps should I follow?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrying time varies with film thickness—thin strokes can skin in days, while thick impasto may take weeks to months to fully cure. Because the stick is oil-based, protect finished work from dust during drying and consider varnishing only after full cure to preserve surface sheen and colour depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThin applications dry faster; heavy impasto extends cure time\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse dust covers or racks while pieces dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVarnish only after artwork is fully dry to the touch and cured\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore unused sticks cool and capped to maintain consistency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose the 38ml size of Kings Blue over 100ml or 188ml?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 38ml format is ideal for artists who want portability, control, and the ability to experiment without committing to a larger tube. It’s great for studies, plein air work, and those trying a new colour before buying larger quantities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact and travel-friendly—fits sketch kits and small bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLower cost-per-colour for sampling and limited palettes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to handle for fine marks and detail work\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame formulation and pigment strength as larger sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: The R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Kings Blue suits painters, illustrators, mixed-media artists, and students who want a high-pigment, portable oil medium for direct application and experimental mark-making. It’s especially useful for creators who value handmade materials, colour integrity, and tactile control without relying on brushes or solvents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop-ranking linseed oil-based painting stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOvercome hurdles between artistic specialties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTremendous manipulation ability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntensely pigmented\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick Kings Blue safe to use without solvents?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The stick is formulated for direct application without solvents, though you may use small amounts of solvent for blending if desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long does the 38ml stick last?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Longevity depends on use and film thickness; for sketching or studies a single 38ml stick can last many projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254865969489,"sku":"B005CU611A","price":35.88,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/rf-pigment-stick-kings-blue-front-label.jpg?v=1791689735"},{"product_id":"r-f-pigment-stick-38ml-brown-pink-handmade-oil-paint-stick-rich-portable-pigment","title":"R\u0026F Pigment Stick 38ml Brown Pink — Handmade oil paint stick, rich portable pigment","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Brown Pink is a hand‑made oil paint stick that lets you draw, layer, and blend rich pigmented strokes directly onto surfaces without brushes or solvents.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese pigment sticks combine traditional materials—beeswax, plant wax, linseed oil and pure pigment—into a lipstick‑soft solid that behaves like oil paint but in stick form. Because R\u0026amp;F avoids fillers, extenders, or chemical facilitators, the colour remains intense and malleable. Each 38ml stick is handcrafted in the USA and milled for a consistent texture that supports direct mark‑making, scumbling, and blending on paper, canvas, wood, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this Brown Pink oil stick different from typical tube oil paint?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe R\u0026amp;F formulation replaces tubes and brushes with a portable, tactile medium that applies directly to the surface. Without solvents or added industrial dilutants, the stick retains strong pigment load and a creamy, buttery feel that you can push, scrape, or soften with a tool or finger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePure pigment with linseed and natural waxes for concentrated colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBrushless application reduces setup and cleanup time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, lipstick-like consistency supports thick impasto and fine lines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandmade small-batch milling ensures uniform texture and colour depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use the Pigment Stick for layering and blending?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApply strokes directly from the stick for bold marks, then blend with a finger, rag, palette knife or brush to moderate the edge. Because the medium is wax‑modified oil, it accepts additional oil layers and can be scored or reworked once tacky; test on a scrap to learn drying behavior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLay down base colour with the stick’s broad side for coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend transitions by dragging the pigment with a brush or cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eScrape or sgraffito with a palette knife for texture effects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd thin oil paint layers later if desired—observe proper oil painting rules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat surfaces work best with R\u0026amp;F Pigment Sticks and how durable is the finish?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese sticks adhere well to primed canvas, heavyweight paper, gessoed panels, wood, and board. Because the sticks are oil‑based with wax, finished pieces should be handled with care—display indoors and consider varnishing or framing under glass for protection after adequate cure time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable: primed canvas, watercolour paper heavy weight, gessoed board, wood panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot ideal for: untreated fabric or very slick plastics without preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProtect finished work: allow cure, consider varnish or protective glazing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore unused sticks capped or wrapped to prevent surface skinning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this product for? The R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml Brown Pink is aimed at painters, illustrators, mixed‑media artists, and students who want an immediate, tactile painting experience without brushes or solvents. It’s especially useful for artists who value high pigment concentration, prefer portable materials for travel or plein air work, or want to integrate oil‑like colour into mixed media pieces. The 38ml size offers a compact option for testing colours, carrying in a sketch kit, or adding precise accents to larger works.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop-ranking linseed oil-based painting stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOvercome hurdles between artistic specialties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTremendous manipulation ability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntensely pigmented\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick Brown Pink safe to use without solvents?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The stick applies directly without solvents; you can blend with fingers or cloth and add solvent only if you choose for thinning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long does the 38ml stick take to dry?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Drying varies by layer thickness and environment; thin marks tack in days, thicker areas may take weeks to months to fully cure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254866133329,"sku":"B005CU607K","price":33.96,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-and-f-pigment-stick-brown-pink-front-view.jpg?v=1791689734"},{"product_id":"r-f-pigment-stick-oil-paint-stick-38ml-turkey-red-handmade-linseed-oil-high-pigment","title":"R\u0026F Pigment Stick oil paint stick 38ml — Turkey Red, handmade linseed-oil, high pigment","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Turkey Red is a handmade oil paint stick that lets you draw, layer, and blend intensely pigmented linseed-oil colour directly onto surfaces without brushes or solvents.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick condenses traditional oil-paint materials—beeswax, plant wax, linseed oil and pure pigment—into a lipstick-soft stick that writes, spreads and scumbles like dry and wet media combined. Each 38ml tube is milled and moulded by hand in the USA, delivering a portable, brushless way to work with rich, unadulterated pigment. Turkey Red is a vivid, warm red with strong tinting strength suited to bold marks, glazing and mixed-media layering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Pigment Stick change my painting process?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing a pigment stick removes several steps: no palettes, no brushes, no solvents required for mark-making. The stick format encourages direct, spontaneous gestures and makes it easy to apply thick impasto, fine lines, or blended passages with fingers, scrapers, or palette knives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect application: draw or paint straight from the stick onto canvas, paper, or wood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVersatile handling: can be smudged, scraped, or thinned with compatible oils for varied effects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFast setup and cleanup: minimal tools needed—ideal for plein air, sketching, or studio exploration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat qualities does Turkey Red offer for colour work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurkey Red provides a saturated, warm red that holds its hue when layered or mixed. Its high pigment load gives strong coverage and excellent colour permanence when used following conventional oil-paint care and drying times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntense chroma for vibrant marks and glazes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReliable tinting strength when mixed with other pigments or mediums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent texture: lipstick-soft for both fine detail and bold application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use Pigment Sticks with other media and tools?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Pigment Sticks are formulated to integrate with traditional oil-paint techniques and many mixed-media approaches. While they perform best in oil-compatible workflows, they also combine well with collage, cold wax, and drawing materials for layered surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLayering: apply over underpaintings or mix into oil mediums for transparency control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMixed-media ready: adhere to paper, wood, canvas; combine with pastels, charcoal, or inks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTool-friendly: blend with fingers, brushes, knives, or rags for varied textures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I care for and store my 38ml Pigment Stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the stick capped in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve consistency and colour. For thicker applications or longer drying, allow adequate air flow and consider a longer curing time compared with solvent-thinned oils.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRecap after use to prevent dust and debris contamination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep at room temperature; avoid high heat which can soften the wax binder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllow paintings to dry flat and ventilated; consult oil-paint drying practices for longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: The R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Turkey Red is designed for painters, illustrators, and mixed-media artists who want immediate, richly pigmented marks without brushes or solvents. It's ideal for plein-air sketching, studio gestural work, and artists exploring hybrid techniques who value handmade materials and a pure, traditional ingredient list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop-ranking linseed oil-based painting stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBridges drawing and painting techniques\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh manipulability for scumbling, scratching, and blending\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntensely pigmented, handmade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the Pigment Stick solvent-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—R\u0026amp;F Pigment Sticks contain beeswax, plant wax, linseed oil, and pigment; no solvents are needed for application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I mix this stick with traditional oil paint?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—you can layer or mix the stick with oil paints and mediums, following standard oil-paint drying and conservation practices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254874259793,"sku":"B01MU54VT0","price":33.37,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/rf-pigment-stick-turkey-red-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791690075"},{"product_id":"r-f-pigment-stick-oil-paint-38ml-cerulean-grey-buttery-blendable-and-solvent-free","title":"R\u0026F Pigment Stick oil paint 38ml — Cerulean Grey, buttery blendable and solvent-free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Cerulean Grey is a hand‑made oil paint stick that lets you draw or paint directly with richly pigmented, wax‑soft oil without brushes or solvents.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade in small batches in the USA, R\u0026amp;F Pigment Sticks combine natural beeswax and plant wax with linseed oil and pure pigment to create a lipstick‑soft oil stick. Because no industrial extenders or additives are used, the Cerulean Grey delivers concentrated colour, tactile control, and a buttery feel that artists can layer, scrape, blend, or draw with on canvas, paper, board, and primed surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Cerulean Grey behave on different painting surfaces?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCerulean Grey lays down smoothly on primed canvas and properly prepared panels, offering strong adhesion and flexible handling. On textured supports it picks up tooth for expressive marks; on smooth surfaces it spreads into even, velvety strokes. It is not intended as a final varnish layer—allowing adequate drying time and using appropriate supports will ensure long‑term stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrimed canvas: even coverage and good tooth retention\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePaper and board: use heavier or primed papers to prevent oil migration\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRaw wood or unprimed surfaces: prime first to improve adhesion and longevity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat techniques can I use with this oil paint stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Cerulean Grey stick supports drawing, mark‑making, broad blocking, blending with a finger or cloth, and scraping back for revealed underlayers. It performs well for underpainting, quick studies, or finished expressive strokes. Because it is physically tangible, many artists combine it with brushes and palette knives for mixed techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect drawing: sketch precise lines or bold gestural marks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlending: soften edges with cloth, fingers, or a soft brush\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eImpasto and layering: build texture by applying thicker strokes or stacking layers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I care for and store R\u0026amp;F Pigment Sticks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the Cerulean Grey stick capped and stored at moderate room temperature to preserve its soft consistency and prevent dust accumulation. Avoid prolonged exposure to direct sunlight or high heat, which can soften the wax excessively. Wipe the cap and rim clean after use to maintain a tidy seal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCap securely after each session to protect the stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore flat or upright in a cool, dry place away from heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean edges with a soft cloth; do not use solvents on the stick body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich complementary materials work best with this oil paint stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCerulean Grey pairs naturally with linseed oil–based mediums and traditional oil painting supports; it also integrates well with charcoal or pastel underdrawings when fixatives and priming are used correctly. For mixed‑media pieces, test combinations on a scrap piece to check adhesion and drying behavior before committing to a final surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLinseed oil mediums for extended blending and glazing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrimed canvas, gessoed board, and heavyweight papers for best results\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePalette knives, rags, and soft brushes for varied textural effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: The R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Cerulean Grey is aimed at painters and mixed‑media artists who want direct, tactile control of oil colour without setting up brushes, palettes, or solvents. It's ideal for plein air sketching, studio underpainting, expressive mark‑making, and anyone seeking a highly pigmented, hand‑made oil stick crafted from traditional materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop-ranking linseed oil-based painting stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOvercome hurdles between artistic specialties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTremendous manipulation ability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntensely pigmented\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I mix Cerulean Grey Pigment Stick with oil paint?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — it blends with traditional oil paints and linseed oil mediums; test ratios on a scrap first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long does the stick take to dry on canvas?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Drying varies by thickness and support; thin layers skin within days, thicker layers can take weeks to months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254874653009,"sku":"B01MY2QRUC","price":35.31,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/r-and-f-pigment-stick-cerulean-grey-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791690099"},{"product_id":"r-f-pigment-stick-oil-paint-stick-38ml-olive-yellow-buttery-high-pigment-solvent-free","title":"R\u0026F Pigment Stick Oil Paint Stick 38ml — Olive Yellow, buttery high-pigment, solvent-free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Olive Yellow is a concentrated linseed-oil and wax oil stick that lets artists draw, layer, and blend rich oil colour directly onto surfaces without brushes or solvents.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade from natural beeswax, plant wax, linseed oil, and premium pigments, this Olive Yellow pigment stick delivers a soft, lipstick-like consistency and intense colour payoff. Handmade in small batches in the USA, the formula avoids fillers and industrial additives so you get pure, archival oil colour that can be applied like a crayon, smeared with a knife, or softened with a medium. The 38 ml size is portable enough for plein air use yet substantial for studio practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Olive Yellow Pigment Stick behave on canvas and paper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stick lays down buttery, highly pigmented strokes that adhere well to primed canvas, gessoed panels, paper prepared for oil, and boards. It creates both crisp lines and velvety fills depending on pressure and angle, and it can be scrubbed, scraped, or glazed after drying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApplies directly—no palette or brushes required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduces opaque to semi-transparent marks with varying pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHolds texture for impasto and accepts scraping for reveal effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks over grounded paper or primed support for best adhesion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat techniques can I use with this linseed oil-based paint stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick in Olive Yellow supports a wide range of techniques from drawing and underpainting to expressive mark-making and mixed-media layering. It responds to both dry and wet handling: use it straight from the stick for immediacy or blend and soften with tools or compatible mediums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect drawing: contour, hatch, and calligraphic marks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlending: smudge with fingers, cloth, or a soft brush for gradients\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMixed media: combine with oil paint, solvent-free mediums, or collage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSurface effects: scratch back, scrape, or carve for texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow durable and archival is the Olive Yellow pigment stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFormulated with traditional linseed oil and natural waxes, this pigment stick avoids fillers that can compromise stability. When used on appropriate supports and allowed to cure under normal studio conditions, it forms a stable, flexible film that preserves colour intensity and texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade from linseed oil and natural waxes for longevity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo extenders or industrial additives that can reduce durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBest on primed or oil-prepared surfaces to ensure adhesion\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandmade, carefully milled, and moulded for consistent quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: The R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Olive Yellow is designed for painters, illustrators, plein-air artists, and mixed-media practitioners who want a high-pigment, solvent-free way to draw and paint directly. It’s especially useful for artists who value tactile control, immediate mark-making, and archival ingredients. Whether you’re sketching on location, building energetic underpaintings in the studio, or layering expressive colour in mixed media work, this Olive Yellow stick adds a warm, earthy hue with dependable performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I mix this Olive Yellow stick with regular oil paint?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. It mixes well with traditional oil paints and can be blended on the palette or applied directly over oil layers once tacky.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do I need solvents to use the R\u0026amp;F pigment stick?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. The stick is designed for solvent-free application, though compatible mediums can be used for extended blending if desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254874685777,"sku":"B01N1WV46O","price":33.37,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/rnf-pigment-stick-olive-yellow-front-packaging.jpg?v=1791690100"},{"product_id":"r-f-pigment-stick-oil-paint-stick-scarlet-extra-pale-38ml-handmade-high-pigment-buttery-feel","title":"R\u0026F Pigment Stick oil paint stick — Scarlet Extra Pale 38ml, handmade high-pigment buttery feel","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml in Scarlet Extra Pale is a hand-made linseed-oil and wax oil paint stick that lets you draw and paint directly onto surfaces without brushes or solvents.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese compact oil sticks combine finely milled artist-grade pigment, pure linseed oil, and a blend of beeswax and plant wax to create a soft, lipstick-like consistency that lays down intense colour with exceptional control. Made in small batches in the USA, the formula avoids industrial extenders and additives so you get durable, richly pigmented strokes suitable for sketching, underpainting, or finished work on paper, canvas, panel and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Pigment Stick feel and apply?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Scarlet Extra Pale stick glides with a buttery, dense texture that responds to pressure and angle, allowing both broad swaths and fine lines. Because it’s oil- and wax-based, marks remain workable on the surface until varnished, enabling layering and blending directly on the support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, lipstick-like consistency for smooth application\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh pigment load for vivid, single-pass coverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well for both gestural drawing and controlled details\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for direct application on paper, primed canvas, panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat surfaces and techniques suit this oil stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the 38ml stick on primed panels, canvas, heavyweight paper, wood, or board. It’s ideal for drawing, underpainting, scumbling, and impasto accents; you can also scrape, soften, or blend marks with a palette knife, rag, or finger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrimed canvas and gessoed panel for archival layers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeavyweight, oil-compatible papers for sketching and studies\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLayer, scrape back, or blend with traditional oil tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine with other R\u0026amp;F colours for glazing and modulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is this Pigment Stick made and why does it matter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eR\u0026amp;F manufactures each stick by hand in the USA, grinding pure pigments into linseed oil and natural waxes without fillers or solvents. The absence of industrial additives preserves pigment intensity and aging characteristics, giving you archival-rich strokes and predictable handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandmade in small batches for consistent quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo extenders or synthetic additives—pure traditional materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCarefully milled for even pigment distribution and stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvailable in a broad palette of over 100 colours for mixing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I care for and store the 38ml Pigment Stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the capped stick at room temperature away from direct heat and sunlight to maintain consistency. After use, replace the cap securely; for long-term storage, wrap in wax paper to prevent surface dust and preserve the working tip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore capped at stable room temperature, out of direct sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean edges with a paper towel; avoid solvents on the stick surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVarnish finished works only after oil fully cures per standard oil-painting timelines\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse palettes or scrapings to mix with other R\u0026amp;F sticks when desired\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Artists who want immediate, highly pigmented oil colour in a portable, no-brush format will appreciate the R\u0026amp;F Pigment Stick 38ml Scarlet Extra Pale. It’s well suited to plein-air painters, illustrators, mixed-media practitioners, and studio painters seeking a reliable, hand-made oil medium for sketching, layering, and bold mark-making without solvents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop-ranking linseed oil-based painting stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOvercome hurdles between artistic specialties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTremendous manipulation ability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntensely pigmented\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I mix this stick with other oil paints?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The linseed oil base mixes well with other oil paints and R\u0026amp;F sticks; test compatibility on a scrap first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is a solvent required to use or clean it?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No solvent is required for application; clean tools with mineral spirits if needed, but avoid solvents on the stick surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"R\u0026F","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55254874784081,"sku":"B0076HXFXE","price":35.02,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/files\/rf-pigment-stick-front-scarlet-extra-pale.jpg?v=1791690101"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1086\/5567\/3681\/collections\/r-f-pigment-stick-cadmium-orange-front-packaging.jpg?v=1792143690","url":"https:\/\/craftiche.co.uk\/collections\/r-f.oembed","provider":"Craftiche","version":"1.0","type":"link"}